ML20107K025

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Revised Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures,Including EP-102 Re Unusual Event response,EP-103 Re Alert Response, EP-104 Re Site Emergency Response & EP-105 Re General Emergency Response.Related Correspondence
ML20107K025
Person / Time
Site: Limerick  Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 08/30/1984
From:
PECO ENERGY CO., (FORMERLY PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC
To:
Shared Package
ML20107K013 List:
References
OL, PROC-840720, NUDOCS 8411120441
Download: ML20107K025 (242)


Text

{{#Wiki_filter:-

                ~ m-    .;_ ; -           ._
         'l                                   3842106640                          "'-Q;"';l V          MPG /rgs 7      y
PEILADELPEIA ELECTRIC CONPANY
  ;                                     LIMERICR GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EP-102       UNUSUAL EVENT RESPONSE 1.0      PtLRPOSE
        ..           The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines for site response to an Unusual Event.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 shift Supervision shall assume the role of the Interim Esergency Director when an Unusual Event occurs, unless Emergency Director is present, and perform the necessary steps in this procedure. 2.2 The Station Superintendent may assume the role of the Emergency Director and relieve the Interim Emergency Director, if necessary. t 3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-102-1 Unusual Event Notification Message 3.2 p-102-2 Unus,ual Event De-Escalation Message 3.3 EP-102-3 Unusual Event Phone List l j 4.0 PR5R50DIGITES l 4.1 p -101, classification of Emergencies has been completed.

             .0       ...cm - -                               rhN k'   ~~
                                                                              . .. . $ ! . .., . m .

None ,. . i KQ me i F i

l EP-102, R0v. 4 Page 2 of 8 VAW/ MPG /rgs 6.0 SYMPTOMS None 7.0 ACTION LEVEL This procedure shall be implemented when an event occurs that is classified as an Unusual Event per procedure EP-101 Classifications af Emergencies. 8.0 PRECAUTIONS None 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 9.1.1 (Interim) Emergency Director shall: 9.1.1.1 Verify the emergency classification as determined in EP-101, Classification of-Emergencies unless determination has just been made. 9.1.1.2 Complete Appendix EP-102-1, Unusual Even*, Notification Message, and give it to a communicator and direct the communicator to complete notification of the appropriate parties in Appendix EP-102-3, Unusual Fvent Phone List. 9.1.1.3 Direct Shift Supervision to initiate evacuation of affected areas, as necessary. Refer to the following procedure: EP-303 Local Evacuation 9.1.1.4 Contact the Station Superintendent, if necessary, and the Shift Technical Advisor, inform them of the situation.

I.L .- - - - . - - - - l - EP-102, Rev. 4 Pega 3 of 8 VAW/ MPG /rgs 9.1.1.5 For samples, contact the Shift Chemistry Technician. If nacessary, implement EP 230 . f Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team

        .                                                                         Activation.

9.1.1.6 For in-plant surveys, or contaminated injury, contact a Shift EP Technician. If necessary, implement EP-250, Personnel Safety Team Activation. 9.1.1.7 For fire /damace repair, contact the

          . _ . .                                                                  Maintenance Shift Assistance Foreman. If necessary, to implement EP-260, Fire and Damage Team Activation and/or EP-261, Damage Repair Group.

9.1.1.8 For a liquid release, implement EP-312, Radioactive Liquid Release, if required. 9.1.1.9 For security matters, implement EP-208, Security Team Activation, if required. , 9.1.1.10 For airborne releases, contact Shift Technical Advisor. If necessary, implement EP-210, Dose Assessment Team Activation. 9.2 FOLLOW-UP 9.2.1 (Interim) Emergency Director shall: 9.2.1.1 Periodically evaluate the event classification in accordance with EP-101, Classification of Emergencies, and escalate or de-escalate the classification, as necessary. 9.2.1.2 If classification is de-escalated fill out Appendix EP-102-2, Unusual Event De-i Escalation Message and give it to the l communicator and direct the communicator to ! perform notification of the appropriate ! parties listed in Appendix EP-102-3, Unusual L Event.Ptone List. 9.2.1.3 Obtain the following information as necessary to formulate further actions: A. Sample analysis from Shift Chemistry Technician or Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader.

            ~m   ~
                      -m*~ ~e   ,,w , - . - ~ ~ ~ .      --m+w, , , ~ , , , - ,-,~-,,--me,    ,-,w,rwe---w.-e--o-,   --m-- - - - , - - , ~ .-+-a-m w-.-+w.~ --

m-,_,---,,,-c- -

I~ --_ _ __. I __ _ _ _. i- . l EP-102, Rev. 4 Pcgs 4 of 8 VAW/ MPG /rgs a j' B. In plant surveys or status od contaminated injury from Shift HP

   !                                                   Technician or Personnel Safety Team
           .                                           Leader.

C. Fire / Damage Repair status from the Maintenance Shift Assistant Foreman or Fire and Damage Team Leader. D. Airborne releases calculation from Shift Technical Advisor or Dose _.. Assessment Team Leader. E. Notification Results from Communicator. 9.2.1.4 Determine which support personnel are necessary for emergency functions and direct the Shift Clerk to contact those personnel. If Shift Clerk is not available, this function shall be assigned to an available individual. 9.2.2 'The Communicator Shall: i- 9.2.2.1 Inform (Interim) Emergency Director when L appropriate notifications have been made ' and submit completed copy of Appendix EP-102-3, Unusual Event Phone List, for (Interim) Emergency Director's Signature. I 10. REFERENCES 10.1 Linerick Generating Station Emergency Plan 10.2 NUREG-0654, Criteria For Preparation and Evaluation Rev. 1 of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants. 10.3 EP-303 Local Evacuation 10.4 EP-101 Classification of Emergencies 10.5 EP-230 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation 10.6 EP-250 Personnel Safety Team Activation i 10.7 EP-260 Fire and Damage Team Activation 10.8 EP-261 Damage Repair Group 10.9 EP-312 Radioactive Liquid Release

C - . . . ~ . . i , l EP-102, Rov. 4 Page 5 of 8 VAW/ MPG /rgs APPENDIX EP-102-1 UNUSUAL EVENT NOTIFICATION MESSAGE MESSAGE: This (is)(is not) a drill. This (is)(is not) a drill. This is the Limerick Generating Station calling to report an Unusual Event. My name is , telephone

                                             . Limerick Generating Station is reporting an Unusual Event declared at Unit No.                                              .       Time and date of
           -Unusual Event classification are (24 Br Clock Time)                                          (Date)

The basic problem is . There (has been).(has not been) an (airborne) (liquid) radioactive release from the plant. The plant status is (stable) (improving) (degrading) (not known). There is no protective action recommended. This (is) (is not) a drill. This (is) (is not) a drill.

                                                                     ?
           .^n                                      -, -.
                          ~

f' - . - . . - .. . . .

q. .
  !      *l                                                         .

EP-102, R^,v. 4 Pcg3 6 of 8 VAW/ MPG /rgs APPENDIX EP-102-2 UNUSUAL-EVENT DE-ESCALATION MESSAGE MESSAGE: This (is) (is not) a drill. This (is) (is not) a drill. This is Limerick Generating Station' calling to de-escalate an Unusual Event. Please conntact me with the appropriate authority.

    ' ~~ This is Limerick Generating Station calling to report the termination of an Unusual Event.         My name is                     .

Time and date are . This (is) (is not) a drill. This (1s) (in not) a drill. O ( l l t i l~ L.

                                         ^ ~ ~ ~ ^ ~ ~ ^ ^ ~ ^ ' ^ ^ ~ ~ ~ ~ ^ ^ " ^ ' ' ^ ^ ^

1

         $5$ 2&

i i

                                                                                               @s C.Q .m
       .                    a e
6 .

5 ) i B 1 ..

1 .____. 7 f-l . l i EP .02, Rav.'4+ , , Page R of*8 j VAW/ MPG /rg'g t i , l APPENDIX EP-102-3 I UNUSUAL EVENT PHONE LIST - l Time Initiated (INITIAL NOTIFICATION) Personnel / Agency To Be Notified Phone Number Time Person Responding i l i l

       "e                                             ':: =:"

2nd Choice: ! 4th Choice

11P Network l
  • Person contacting NRC must be 5th Choice h h Licensed Operator A _m_

Agencies to be contacted after l I the above personnel / agencies have been notifed I hX $A ' Ah ~ l Completed By: Time /Date Verified By: (INTERIM) EMERGENCY DIRECTOR l

m

                                                            -- . . . .    . - ~ - . - . . . . . ~ . . . . .
     ~

l ' 3842106650 EP-103, Ray. 4 Paga 1 of 15 VA / MPG /rgs PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE . EP-103 ALERT RESPONSE 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines for site response to an Alert. 2.0- RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Shift Supervision shall assume the role of the Interim Emergency Director when an Alert occurs, unless the Emergency Director is present, and perform the necessary steps in this procedure. 2.2 The Station Superintendent or Alternate shall assume the role of the Emergency Director, report.to the Technical Support Center or Control Room and relieve the Interim Emergency Director. 3.0 APPENDICES I 3.1 EP-103-1 Alert Notification Message , i l 3.2 EP-103-2 Emergency Exposure Guidelines 3.3 EP-103-3 Alert De-Escalation Notification Message 3.4 EP-103-4 Alert Phone List (Initial Notification) 3.5 EP-103-5 Alert Phone List (Escalacion or De-escalation) 4.0 PREREQUISITES

                                                                                                                                     $, ti-QS                  ..%*-

Nh.-b* ". , C _ , ' *+ 5-4.1 EP-101, Classification of Emergencies, completed l I

   .       .        - . , . . .   ..-.m._...-..r.,--.-.                    --_,,_...,,m~._~~                 _   _m ._ - . . . - - - , , , . . ~ . _ _ . - _ . . _ _ _ , - - . . _ _ _                         ~

E __ . _ _ . - . . . . . . _ . _ _ . - _ _ _ . _ _ _ _. _ _ - .

  !            I                                                                                 EP-103, Rev. 4
        -                                                                                          Page 2 of 15 VAW/ MPG /rgs

{ 5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT None 6.0 SYMPTOMS None

           ~

7.0 ACTION LEVEL i This procedure shall be implemented when an event occurs that is classified as an Alert per procedure EP-101 Classification of Emergencies. 8.0 PRECAUTIONS 8.1 Planned radiation exposures should be limited to the administrative guide levels in Appendix EP-103-2, Emergency Exposure Guidelines. j 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 9.1.1 (Interim) Emergency Director shall: 9.1.1.1 Verify the Emergency Classification as determined in EP-101, Classification of Emergencies, unless determination has just been made. 9.1.1.2 Fill out Appendix EP-103-1 Alert Notification Message and give it to the communicator. l w .ng

r- ., _ Z_ _ l EP-103, Rev. 4

                         -                                                                                                                                                Page 3 of 15 I        -

VAW/ MPG /rgs 9.1.1.3 Direct the communicator to complete notification of the appropriate parties as specified in Appendix EP-103-4, Alert Phone List, (Initial Notification) or Appendix EP-103-5, Alert Phone List (Escalation or De-escalation). The Communicator shall man the NRC RED telephone on a continuous basis until the NRC disconnects. If the communicator is required for urgent plant operations related to the emergency, the concurrence for securing the phone should be obtained from the NRC prior to securing this telephone. 9.1.1.4 Contact the Station Superintendent and the Shift Technical Advisor, inform them of the situation. _ _ _ _ 9.1.1.5 to implement EP-306, Evacuation of e In ormation Center. Inform the Staff of the wind direction if there is an airborne j release. 9.1.1.6 If there is a radiological release, implement EP-305, Site Evaluation. 9.1.1.7. If there has not been a radiological release, A. Direct them to call'fcT a Project Evacuation" in accofdance _ g with Bechtel proc u_r a . -

                                                                                                                                                                                      \

B. gd ^nrormEt em a a' P a a n of Bechtel c, is being nd d x d$ L CALL FOR THE ASSEMBLY OF SONNEL AT THE UPPER PARKING LOT AND l POST #3. IF IT IS DESIRED THAT THEY LEAVE THE SITE, INFORM BECHTEL COMMAND POSTS AT THE UPPER PARKING LOT. l

                                                                                  .I '

l ,.l,,,- -

  . - - . \ ,E       , . .,...-..._,.-.,_.,.--._,,--._,....._,,,,n--                     -
                                                                                                               , _ . , . , . _            -_n--.,--r,,.-,-,....nn,_,,,-,,

F . J _. _- ._ l EP-103, Rev. 4

                  -                                                                                                              Paga 4 of 15
         -                                                                                                                        VAW/ MPG /rgs
  ^
    )

C. Select the type of accountability desired for personnel in the protected area and implement the required actions below:

1. Emergency Assembly Without Accountability
                                                         -Make the following announcement
                                            .             "THIS (IS)(IS NOT) A DRILL. DESIGNATED EMERGENCY PERSONNEL REPORT TO ASSIGNED EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES. ALL
           ~
                          ,                              OTHER PERSONNEL STAND BY FOR FURTHER ANNOUNCEMENT.              THIS (IS) (IS NOT) A DRILL."
2. Emergency Assembly With Accountability
a. Select Unit 1 exit points as follows:

i i Day Shift - TSC and Administration Building Afternoon Shift - Administration Building Night Shift - Administration Building

b. Contact the (Interim) Security Team j

i Leader. Inform him of the selected l exit point (s), that emergency assembly with accountability is going; to be implemented, and to snte the Security Team (EP-208) d h perform personnel g73 co'htability in accordance with yT fk li , Personnel Assembly and 1 . {fi g$chutability.

                                     .       aq      ,

L

f. k.g Y # g 3c.

7, bh that personne leaving Unit 1

                     &"                                            will be reassembling at the
                 'g           '

Personnel Processing Center (PPC).

                                                            "THIS (IS)(IS NOT) A DRILL, THIS (IS)(IS NOT) A DRILL.            DESIGNATED EMERGENCY PERSONNEL REPORT TO ASSIGNED EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES. ALL OTHER PERSONNEL LEAVE THE PROTECTED AREA IMMEDIATELY THROUGH THE (name of exit area or areas) AND REASSEMBLE AT THE PERSONNEL PROCESSING CENTER.                                            THIS (IS)(IS NOT) A DRILL.                                 THIS (IS)(IS NOT)

A DRILL."

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     ~^ ~ '
      ~               .       ..                          -.w....-.                    -..                 . . -              -
  !                               }                                                                                                                                                             EP-103, Rev. 4
 ]                  -

Page 5 of 15 VAW/ MPG /rgs 1; 9.1.1.8 For off-hours, direct the Shift Clerk to activate the call list using EP-291, Staffing Augmentation. If Shift Clerk is not available, this function shall be assigned to any available individual. 9.1.1.9 Direct the activation of the Technical Support Center-in accordance with EP-201, Technical Support Center (TSC) Activation. 9.1.1.10 - If necessary, activate the Emergency Operations Facility in accordance with EP-

                        ~ ~

203, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Activation. 9.1.1.11 Assign an Operations Support Center Coordinator (PO) to direct available personnel to report to the operations Support Center on 269' Elev. Turbine Bldg. and to activate it in accordance with EP-202, Operations Support Center (OSC) Activation. 9.1.1.12 For samples, dir'ect the Shift Chemistry l Technician or Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader to implement EP-230, , . Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team

  • j Activation.
f. 9.1.1.13 For in-plant surveys, direct a Shift HP l Technician or Personnel Safety Team Leader to implement EP-250, Personnel Safety Team Activation.

9.1.1.14 For field surveys, when a release of gaseous radioactive material has occurred or is suspected, direct.the Dose Assessment Team Leader to implement EP-210, Dose Assessment Team Activation. 9.1.1.15 For a release at or greater than the Alert level in EP-101, Classification of Emergencies, direct the Dose Assesment Team Leader to implement EP-210, Dose Assessment Team Activation. On an interim bases, direct the Shift Technical Advisor to perform dose projections using EP-316, Cumulative Population Dose Calculations For Airborne Releases - Manual Method or RMMS Computer and implement EP-317, Determination of Protective Action Recommendations. se,s=gr-au M" +-w

                          *-w    ew---wwsv 9 yup ryu--g h-&---Mt      g- - ---e-g-----     r+-,  *g*y a--gg g -e 7-- g y p w wrw %---99 e--e- t-wr9-yF w--We -v-e - - e- e M r erte,--+-e-emy           reawhee espyw e e r - * ' meep--we-
    .             l                                                                                                 EP-103, Rev. 4 i-
  • Page 6 of 15 VAW/ MPG /rgs ,

9.1.1.16 For fire / damage repair direct the Maintenance Shift Assistant Foreman or Fire and Damage Team Leader to implement EP-260, Fire and Damage Team Activaticr. and/or EP-261,~ Damage Repair Group.

              ~

9.1.1.17 For a liquid release, implement EP-312 Radioactive Liquid Release, if required. 9.1.1.18 For Security matters, contact Security Shift Supervision and direct implementation of EP-208, Security Team Activation, unless

                ~

previously done. 9.2 FOLLOW-UP 9.2.1 (Interim) Emergency Director shall: 9.2.1.1 Verify that the Technical Support Center, the Emergency Operations Facility (if necessary) and the Operations Support Center have been activated. , 9.2.1.2 Periodically evaluate the event classification in accordance with EP-101, Classification of Emergencies and maintain, escalate or de-escalate the classification,

as necessary.

9.2.1.3 If classification is de-escalated, fill out Appendix EP-103-3, Alert De-Escalation Notification Message and give it to the communicator and direct the communicator to perform notification of the appropriate parties listed in Appendix EP-103-5, Alert l. Phone List (Escalation or De-escalation). 9.2.1.4 Obtain the following information as necessary to formulate further actions: A. Security status from Security Team Leader l B. Sample analysis from Shift Chemist or Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader C. In-plant surveys from Shift HP Technician or Personnel Safety Team i Leader l t

                     - -. .                           ..S . ,                                        .
                                                                   - - ~ ~      ~         ^ ~

~L - _ - - . - - . ~. j l EP-103, Rev. 4

.i        -

Page 7 of 15

.)                                                                                      VAW/ MPG /rgs D. Field surveys from Dose Assessment Team Leader
           .                                       E. Dose projections and protective action recommendations from Shift Technical Advisor or Dose Assessment Team Leader F. Fire / damage repair status from the Maintenance Shift Assistant Foreman or Fire and Damage Team Leader G. Notification results from Communicator 9.2.1.5   Determine which additional support personnel are necessary for emergency functions and direct the Shift Clerk or other assigned communicator in TSC to contact those personnel.

9.2.1.6 Provide site personnel with public address (PA) announcements for any major changes in plant emergency status, such as changing emergency action levels and evacuations. 9.2.1.7 Evaluat'e the need and order evacuation of effected areas as necessary. Refer to the-following procedures: EP-303 Local Evacuation, EP-304 Partial Plant Evacuation, EP-305 Site Evacuation. 9.2.2 The Communicatorz shall: 9.2.2.1 Inform (Interim) Emergency Director when appropriate Notifications have been made and submit completed copy of Appendix EP-103-4 Alert Phone List (Initial Notification) or Appendix EP-103-5 Alert' Phone List (Escalation or De-Escalation) for (Interim) Emergency Director's Signature. 10 . . REFERENCES 10.1 Limerick Generating Station Emergency Plan 10.2 NUREG 0654, Criteria for Preparation and' Rev. 1 Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Prepardness in Support of

           .                                             Nuclear Power Plant.

(-

T -_ . . _ ;. .-.-. --.-.. ~- .L.~....- .-

      ~         '

l EP-103, Rav. 4 Pagm 8 of 15 [ VAW/ MPG /rgs t . 10.3 EP-303 Local Evacuation t 10.4 EP-101 Classification of Emergencies

          ~

10.5 EP-304 Partial Plant Evacuation 10.6 EP-305 Site Evacuation 10.7 EP-306 Evacuation of the Information Center 10.8 A-31 Procedure for Prompt Notification

             ~'

10.9 EP-291 Staffing Augmentation 10.10 EP-201 Technical Support Center (TSC) Activation 10.11 EP-202 Operations Support Center (OSC) Activation 10.12 EP-203 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Activation 10.13 EP-317 Determination of Protective Action Recommendations 10.14 EP-316 Cumulative Population Dose Calculations for Airborne Release - Manual Method 10.15 EP-110 Personnel Assembly and Accountability L 10.16 EP-208 Security Team Activation 10.17 EP-210 Dose Assesment Team Activation 10.18 EP-230 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation L 10.19 EP-250 Personnel Safety Team Activation j 10.20 EP-260 Fire and Damage Team Activation

                                                           \

10.21 EP-261 Damage Repair Group 10.22 EP-312 Radioactive Liquid Release

  • a l.

(

                                                               .--=     w
    .w.%            wm    a#i-.      3,-.,
             *E"t fn   4 wr---   -yw       -y*-ns.-+me.--e   ,yyq-   ,,,__y

EP-103, Rev. 4 l l . Pags 9 of 15

    .[          .

VAW/ MPG /rgs APPENDIX EP-103-1 ALERT NOTIFICATION MESSAGE MESSAGE: This (is) (is not) a drill. This (is) (is not) a drill. This is Limerick Generating Station calling to report an Alert. My name is , telephone . Limerick Generating

                     ~St' a tion is reporting an Alert declared at Unit No.                                                     .              Time and date of Alert classification are                                                   ,                                            . The basic (24 hr. clock time)              (date)
                     . problem is                                                       . There (has been) (has not been) an (airborne) (liquid) radioactive release from the plant.                                                               The plant estatus is (stable)(improving)(degrading)(not knwon).                                     There is no protective action recommended.                                This (is) (is not) a drill.                                    This (is)

(is not) a drill. I 1 l l t l-

 ..       .--              , , . . _ . . . ,  .,-..----,,._,...,.,,n-,,,.-._-,.,.,,....-.__,,,,.,\    -

E l EP-103, Rav. 4 l-Pcga 10 of 15 VAW/ MPG /rgs

   !~

APPENDIX EP-103-2 Emergency Exposure Guidelines Projected Whole Body Thyroid Authorized Function Dose Dose By

1. Life Saving and (Interim)

Reduction of Injury 75 REM

  • 375 REM Emergency **

Director

2. Operation of Equipment to Mitigate an (Interim)

Emergency 25 REM

  • 125 REM Emergency **

Director

3. Protection of Health (Interim) and Safety of the Public 5 REM 25 REM Emergency **

Director

4. Other Emergency 10 CFR 20 10 CFR 20 (Interim)

Activities limits limits Emergency Director

5. Re-entry / Recovery '

Station Station Activities Administra- Adminis-tive Guide- trative lines Guide-lines N/A

Reference:

EPA-520/1-75-001 Table 2.1

                        ** Such exposure shall be on a voluntary basis                                                                                                                            -

l l l

            .               . _ . . . . _ . _ ~ . . _ . _ _ _ _ , _ . , ,                - , _ . . . _ . . _ . , . , _ . . . . . . . _ . . _ . . - _ , _ . , _ .

l' " EP-103, R2v. 4

 -i         l i
  • Figa 11 of 15 VAW/ MPG /rgs APPENDIX EP-103-3 ALERT DE-ESCALATION NOTIFICATION CHECKOFF LIST MESSAGE: This (is) (is not) a drill. This (is) (is not) a drill. This is Limerick Generating Station calling to report a change in emergency classification. The Alert has been (de-escalated to an Unusual
              ._ Event)(Terminated). Time and date are                                                                    ,                         .

(24 Hr Clock Time) (Date)

                             ~

The plant status is (stable) (improving). My name is . This (is) (is not) a drill. This (is) (is not) a drill. e 9 k l l l w y.-++c .m-r -w, . - _ _.

f EP id3, Rev. 4 ' ' l

  • Page 12 of.15 i,
                  '                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       VAW/ MPG /rgs i

APPENDIX EP-103-3 ALERT PIIONE LIST Time Initiated - (ItHTTAE~ NOTIFICATION) j Personnel / Agency To Be Notifi ed Phone Number Time iPerson Responding

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          +1
a. Home $

Office t Ext. 156 Off ce ,

b. Office c.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         .I d.

e.

                                                                                                                                                                                                        '! L.                   .
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 .v         ,
f. Home
                                                                                                                                                                                                   '   IG'L }/F .,;                                               :

s, office n ]g] s [ .. h , a. g (af ter tone, dial phone number . f .- , fyf which you are using) 1r //// AW l 4 _ ;_ __ _

I,

                                                                                                            ~

ii l , 8 EP .03, Rev. 4

                                                                                                 -             Page 13 qf 15; VAW/ MPG /rgs!

l APPENDIX EP-103-3 i ALERT PIIONE LIST l Time Initiated (INITIAL NGTIFICATION) Personnel / Agency To Be Notified Phone Number - 4_tae Person Responding Ph 2nd Choice: - i 3rd Choice: 'L Make this call last and remain on 4th Choice: telephone until NRC disconnecta IIP Network

  • Person contacting NRC must be 5th rhnfrae b is Licensed Operator . . ,

Agencies to be contacted after f t

                                                                           ^ ii 'sz 3x p- 'Q       /

the above personnel / agencies have /7I

                                                                         ""I
                                                                                    ; J   //  b been notifed                                                                 jD /$.[.

5,! :- m Completed By: , Time /Date of n,_ y 1 l Verified By: j (INTP.RIt!) EME RGENCY DIRECTOR l

                                                                                     '                      EP-103, Rev. 4            ,l Page 14. of 15   -
  ;                                                                                                            VAW/ MPG /rgs            ,

APPENDIX EP-103-5 ALERT PITONE LIST Time Initiated (ESCALATIO!L_DR DE-ESCALATION ! Personnel / Agency To De Notifi< !d Phone Number Time Person Responding fc Of ce

b. Office
                                                                                            -\

.' M ':: ::n 2nd Choice: 4 %E[s+l,$',f:'yfI 4% 7 i .;h b 3rd Choice: Md . [' i Make this call last and rema.n 4th Choices on telephone until NRC disco'mects IIP Network

  • PersoncontactingNRCmust)be _ 5th Choice l l Licensed Operator /

EP- 3, Re' v .4 , l y i Page 15 of 15 VAW/ MPG / cgs 4 APPENDIX EP-103-5 i ALERT PIIONE LIST Time Initiated (ESCALATION OR DE-ESCALATION)  ; Personnel / Agency To De Notified Phone Number Time Person Responding Agencies to be contacted after j  ! the above personnel / agencies have 1 been notifed i

                                                                                                                                                  \

l9 i i Completed By: DR verified By: f .'/ s (INTERIM) EMERGENCY DIRECTOR N gI 4, 4] I

                                                                                                "          /

i .

                                                                                                       ' ' )$$
                                                                                                                                                      .v  .

a, + , s, .a. m,, am sGe., ,oe+ w-

             -ee                               no-
   ... 3 .' -

I 3842106660 EP-104, Rev. 4 Page 1 of 16 VAW/ G/rgs PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE

                           -EP-104                       SITE EMERGENCY RESPONSE
                 ~ ' ~ 1.0                         PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines for the site response to a Site Emergency.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Shift Supervision shall assume the role of the Interim Emergency Director when a Site Emergency occurs unless the-Emergency Director is present and perform the necessary steps in th,is procedure. 2,2 The Station Superintendent or Alternate shall assume the role of the Emergency Director, report to the Technical Support Center or control room and relieve the Interim Emergency Director. 1' l 2.3 The Site Emergency Coordinator shall report to the l Emergency Operations Facility and perform the necessary steps in this procedure. L l 3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-104-1 Site Emergency Notification Message l 3.2 EP-104-2 Emergency Exposure Guidelines j 3.3 EP-104-3 Site Emergency De-Escalation Notification l Message i l- 3.4 EP-104-4 Site Emergency Phone Lis{ * * "F* .@ y g ,

                                                                                                                                                                               .{. 'r (Initial Notification) 1

! 3.5 EP-104-5 Site. Emergency Phone List l (Escalation or De-escalation) l I i st' ~ DO [TLI i

9 j EP-104, Rev. 4

                     ,                                                                                  Pag 2 2 of 16
      -                                                                                                  VAW/ MPG /rgs 4.0  PREREQUISITES EP-101, Classification of Emergencies, completed J

4.1 5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT None 6.0 SYMPTOMS None 7.0 ACTION LEVEL This procedure shall be implemented when an event occurs that is classified as a Site Emergency per EP-101, Classification of Emergencies. 8.0 PRECAUTIONS 8.1 Planned radiation exposures should be limited to the administrative guide levels in Appendix EP-104-2, Emergency Exposure Guidelines. 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 9.1.1 (Interim) Emergency Director shall: ( 9.1.1.1 Verify the emergency classification as I determined in EP-101 Classification of l Emergencies unless determination has just been made. l l 9.1.1.2 Fill out Appendix EP-104-1, Site Emergency Notification Message, and give it to the Communicator. l I l

                                                               ?
                   ~
                                                      ^~'

l

               }                                                                         EP-104, Rev. 4 l                                                                                           Paga 3 of 16 l

VAW/ MPG /rgs l ~ l 9.1.1.3 Direct the communicator to complete notification of the appropriate parties as specified in Appendix EP-104-4, Site Emergency Phone List (Initial Notification) or Appendix EP-104-5, Alert Phone List (Escalation or De-escalation). The Communicator shall man the NRC RED Telephone until the NRC disconnects. i 9.1.1.4 Contact the Station Superintendent and the ! Shift Technical Advisor, inform them of the

                               . situation, if not already done.

I 9.1.1.5 Direct the Information Center Staff (4256, ! 495-6767) to implement EP-306, Evacuation of the Information Center, if not already done. Inform the staff of the wind direction, if there is an airborne release. , 9.1.1.6 If there is a radiological release, implement EP-305, Site Evacuation. l 9.1.1.7 If there has not been a radiological release,

                                                                                                  -m A.
                                                                                               ~

j c hem to' call fus a " Tota I 'ec Evacuation" in accordance with I kel procedures. In orm them

  • a Ivtal Projeeb tvacuation of Bechtel Construction personnel is being implemented.

THIS WILL CALL FOR THE ASSEMBLY OF PERSONNEL AT THE UPPER RAPKING LOT AND POST #3. IF IT IS DESIRED THAT THEY l LEAVE THE SITE, INFORM BECHTEL COMMAND POSTS AT THE UPPER PARKING LOG. C. Select the type of accountability desired for personnel in the protected area and implement the required actions below: l __ ___._____ __..___ _ _ _____._________._, _

l l EP-104, Rav. 4 l , Pega 4 of 16 VAW/ MPG /rgs

1. Emergency Arsambly Without Accountability
                                  - Make the following announcement "THIS (IS) (IS NOr) A DRILL.

DESIGNATED EMERGENCY PERSONNEL REPORT TO ASSIGNED EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES. ALL OTHER PERSONNEL STAND BY FOR FURTHER ANNOUNCEMENT. THIS (IS) (IS NOT) A DRILL."

2. Emergency Assembly With Accountability
a. Select Unit 1 exit points as i follows:

Day Shift - TSC and Administration Building Afternoon Shift - Administration Building Night Shift - Administration Building

b. Contact the (Interim)

Security Team Leader. Inform him of the selected point (s), that emergency assembly with accountability is going to be implemented, and to activate the Security Team (EP-208) and to perform personnel accountability in accordance with EP-110, Personnel Assembly and Accountability I  : (

                            $5
                                                         . =_     -

d inform them that l M sonnel leaving Unit 1 will M be reassembling at the Personnel Processing Center (PPC)

                                        "THIS (IS) (IS NOT) A DRILL, THIS (IS) (IS NOT) A DRILL.

j DESIGNATED EMERGENCY PERSONNEL REPORT TO ASSIGNED EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES. ALL OTHER l l 1

   ~'

j EP-104, Rav. 4 Pago 5 of 16 VAW/ MPG /rgs PERSONNEL LEAVE THE PROTECTED AREA IMMEDIATELY THROUGH THE (NAME OF EXIT AREA OR AREAS)

      .                                                                                                              AND REASSEMBLE AT THE PERSONNEL PROCESSING CENTER.

THIS (IS) (IS NOT) A DRILL. THIS (IS) (IS NOT) A DRILL." 9.1.1.8 For off hours, if not already accomplished at the Alert stage, direct the Shift Clerk to activate the call list per EP-291,

        ._ j                                           Staf*ing Augmentation. If Shift Clerk is not available, this function may be assigned to any available individual.

9.1.1.9 Direct the activation of the Technical Support Center in accordance with EP-201, Technical Support Center (TSC) Activation, if not already activated. 9.1.1.10 Direct the activation of the Emergency Operations Facility in accordance with EP-203, Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Activation, if not already activated. 9.1.1.11 If the EOF has not been activated earlier, during the Alert Response procedure,, direct a communicator to call ~ EOF personnel ' (directing them to report to the EOF) using EP-279, EOF Group Phone List. 9.1.1.12 Assign an Operations Support Center coordinator (PO) if not already done, to direct available personnel to report to the Operations Support Center and to activate it in accordance with EP-202, Operations Support Center (OSC) Activation. 9.1.1.13 For samples, direct the Shift Chemistry Technician or Chemistry Sampling And Analysis Team Leader to implement EP-230, Chemistry Sampling And Analysis Team Activation. 9.1.1.14 For in-plant surveys, direct a Shift EP Technician or Personnel Safety Team Leader to implement EP-250, Personnel Safety Team Activation. i b 3^. 1

                                 - _.                           .         .. -        .-                         _                             - . -   . . -           . .- - .... - - .-.. .. .__~

EP-104, Rov. 4 { Pego 6 of 16 4 VAW/M7G/rga 9.1.1.15 -For field surveys, when a release of gaseous radioactive material has occurred or is suspected, direct a Shift EP Technician cr

                '                                                                                        Dose Assessment Team Leader to implement EP-210, Dose Assessment Team Activation.

9.1.1.16 For a release, at or greater than the Alert level in EP-101, Classification of , Emergencies, or at the discretion of the - Emergency Director, direct the Dose Assessment Team Leader to implement EP-210,

                  -- - -                                                                                 Dose Assessment Team Activation. On an interim bases, direct the Shift Technical Advisor to perform dose projections using EP-316, Cumulative Population Dose Calculations for Airborne Releases-Manual Method or RMMS Computer and implement EP-l'                                                                                                         317, Determination of Protective Action Recor endations.

4 9.1.1.17 For fire / damage repair direct the Maintenance Shift Assistant Foreman or Fire and Damage Team Leader to implement EP-260, i Fire and Damage Team Activation and/or EP-261, Damage Repair Group. 7 9.1.1.18 For a liquid r91' ease, implement EP-312,

  • Radioactive Liquid Release, if required.

9.1.1.19 For Security matters, contact Security Shift Supervision a.nd direct implementation of EP- ' 208, Security Team Activation, unless previously done.- 9.2 FOLLOW-UP 9.2.1 (Interim) Emergency Director shall: 9.2.1.1 verify that the Technical Support Center, l Emergency operations Facility and the i operations Support Center have been l activated.

9.2.1.2 Periodically evaluate the event classification in accordance with EP-101, Classification of Emergencies and escalate or de-escalate the classification, as necessary.

f I Et l I

  • w* - - - ,
        - - - - .      ,, _.          . _ , , . _ _ , . . - - _ _ _ _ - -                  _ _ _ _ , - . . - ~ , - . - - _ , , , _ . , , , _ .             _ . - _ . .                                 _

p 7

        -.
  • VAW/ MPG /rga
,     f'                                                       9.2.1.3               If classification is de-escalated, fill out
      '                                                                              Appendix EP-104-3, Site Emergency De-Escalation Notification Message and give it to the communicator and direct the communicator to perform notification of the appropriate parties listed in Appendix EP-104-5, Site Emergency Phone List (Escalation
      ;                                                                              or De-escalation).

, 9.2.1.4 Obtain the.following information as necessary to formulate further actions: A. Security Status from Security Team Leader

B. Sample analysis from Shift Chemistry l Technician or Chemistry Sampling And Analysis Team Leader C. In-plant surveys frem Shift HP Technician or Personnel Safety Team Leader D. Field surveys from Shift HP Technician or Dose Assessment Team Leader E. Dose projections and protective action  !

recommendations from Shift Technical Advisor or Dose Assessment Team Leader F. Fire / Damage repair status from the Maintenance Shift Assistant Foreman or Fire and Damage Team Leader. i G. Notification Results from Communicator. 9.2.1.5 Discuss protective action recommendations with the Site Emergency Coordinator. 9.2.1.6 Determine which additional support personnel are necessary fer emergency functions and direct the shift clerk or other assigned communicator to contact those personnel. 9.2.1.7 Provide site personnel with public addres (PA) announcements for any major changes in  ; plant.e.sergency status, such as changing emergency action levels and evacuations. , L t 4

                .'ve
                          --+.,,w-.ww.,-,--              -.yc~-,                                                                  m,-,--.,..
                                                                                                                ~
                        . + . . . - - -                            - - . -             -. - --              - -. - .-. - - --       . .
      .                  -..-    }'                                                            ,

EP-104, RSv. 4 PEge 8 of 16-

l. - Y- VAW/ MPG /rgs

? L i I" 9.2.1.8' Evaluate the need and order evacuation of affected areas as necessary. Refer to the following procedures: EP-303 Local Evacuation EP-305 Site Evacuation H9.2.1.9 Perform the following until relieved by the Site Emergency Coordinator: o - A. Discuss protective action recommendations with the Dose Assessment Team Leader.

7. '

B. Provide protective' action o recommendations, if necessary, to the Pennsylvania Bureau of Radiation Protection.

                       .n.

C. I$formthevariousemergencyresponse w ^ , groups if the recovery phase L' y' d organization is to be implemented. z 1 9.2.2 The Communicator shall: 9.2.2.1. Inform the Emergency Director when appropriate notifications have been-made and l o' < submit completed copy of. Attachment EP-104-4 Site Emergency Phone List (Initial l ,x , Notification) or Appendix EP-104-5, Site Emergency Phone List (Escalation or De-escalation) for Emergency Directors Signature. l

    , a '
10. REFERENCES <

l 10.1 Limerick Generating Station Emergency Plan 10.2 NUREG 0654, Criteria For Preparation and Evaluation

                                    .                                          Rev. 1 M                 *1' of Radiological Emergency Response Plans j'

and Preparedness in Support of E Nuclear Power Plants.

                        - (. r ?                              10.3'             EP-101 Classification of Emergencies
                                                                                                                                  ~
                        .g ,                                 5.0 .',4          A-31                 Procedure for Prompt Notification 10.5              EP-291 Staffing Augmentation L                                       :cy I                                         ;

i, %. b

                   ~

l t ,

                                . +                   7,   j
c. >

i t ~P ' 4 ':

             - , - .            . u-

t._. l EP-104, R&v. 4 PIga 9 of 16 VAW/ MPG /rgo i

  ~

10.6 EP-201 Technical Support Center (TSC) Activation

                           .10.7  EP-202 Operations Support Center (OSC) Activation 10.8  EP-203 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Activation 10.9  EP-317 Determination of Protective Action Recommendations 10.10 EP-316 Cumulative Population Dose Calucations For Airborne Releases-Manual Method 10.11 EP-305 Site Evacuation 10.12 EP-306 Evacuation of the Information Center 10.13 EP-110 Personnel Assembly and Accountability 10.14 EP-208 Security Team Activation 10.15 EP-210 Dose Assessment Team Activation 10.16 EP-230 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation 10.17 EP-250 Personnel Safety Team Activation 10.18 EP-260 Fire and Damage Team Activation 10.19 EP-261 Damage Repair Group l

10.20 EP-312 Radioactive Liquid Release f 10.21 EP-279 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Group ! Phone List l l i

                                                                                  - -r _ -- __ _ _ _ _ _ _
                                   ~;     _. . - ._ _ . . _                                _ .-_    _____w                        ._..__.n._.._.._

l, EP-104, Rev. 4 i . PEga 10 of 16 VAW/ MPG /rgs APPENDIX EP-104-1 SITE EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION MESSAGE Message: This (is)(is not) a drill. This-(is)(is not) a drill. This is Limerick Generating Station calling to report a Site Emergency. My name~is

                                                                             ,  telephone                                                    . Limerick Generating Station is reporting a Site Emergency declared at Unit No.

i Time and date of Site Emergency classification are , (24 hr. clock time) 1 (Date) The basic problem is .

                  -There (has been) (has not been) an (airborne) (liquid) radioactive                                                                                                               l J

release from the plant. . The plant status is (stable) (improving) '

                 - (degrading) (not known).                              There is no protective action recommended.

This (is) (is not) a drill. This (is) (is not) a drill. l-e I i 8w g4e-,-w -er = yygr w w m -- p,-~ p y +r wy-n y e wr y - --yw -y r,y,=-eg as e -w--+ yw--- -*y Tw-ees *Wcw etv- r --

Paga 11 of 16 <

                      .                                                                                                                          VAW/ MPG /rgs j-       .

i' APPENDIX EP-104-2 EMERGENCY EXPOSURE GUIDELINES Projected Whole Body Thyroid Authorized Function Dose Dose Ey

1. Life Saving and- (Interim)

Reduction of - Emergency **

                  ---Injury                                     75 REM
  • 375 REM Director
2. Operation of Equipment:to (Interim)

Mitigate an Emergency ** Emergency 25 REM

  • 125 REM Director
3. Protection of (Interim)

Health and Safety Emergency ** of the Public 5 REM 25 REM Director

                  ~4. Other Emergency                           10 CFR 20                              10 CFR 20                              (Interim)

Activities limits limits Emergency Director

5. Re-Entry / Station Station Recovery Administrative Administration Activities Guide Lines Guide Lines N/A

Reference:

EPA-520/1-75-001 Table 2.1 i ** Such exposure shall be on a voluntary basis l L ,

                                                                                                                                            /

L; Et- \I 1 . .

                        '4

_,__,_.._-,..._,---.,.m. _ _____...,- __ - - - .

                                                                   ~-

l*~ -l EP-104 R2v. 4 peg 2 12 of 16 Ji . VAW/ MPG /rgs

    ,'                                                            APPENDIX EP-104-3 SITE EMERGENCY DE-ESCALATION NOTIFICATION MESSAGE MESSAGE:- This (is) (is not) a drill.                                                      This (is) (is not) a drill.

This is Limerick Generating Station calling to report a change in emergency action leve,1. The site emergency has been (de-escalated to

             ~ an) (Unusual Event) (Alert) (Terminated).                                                                       Time and date are
                                                     ,                   .             The plant status is (stable)

(24 Hr Clock Time) - (Date) (improving). My name is . This (is) (is not) a drill. This (is) (is not) a drill. 4 l l l l 0 l o l. i I l-t:

t i l , EP-104, Rev. 4 *

  • Page 13 of 16 VAW/ MPG /rgs  ;

Ii APPENDIX EP-104-4 SITE EMERGENCY PilONE LIST t ^ _ . I-TI AL__Nn'rTFICATION) Time Initiated . Q ( Personnel / Agency to be notifi d Phone Number Time Person Responding n.*?t.3n?;.3f'.,.;7;^f.f?" ilome ~  % ':: ; rf.N.f. . ; ) ".O ? l\ f,;.. j r..y. }.. ;. .

                                                                                    .ngg$ce _           g.; ,;, ; ; ( _~~_ g 7.           ,_

J, . ; ; ?,': .; /.g.3:n, u,gg __ { r p.:gn . . 61 Of e l /

                                                                                !                                                                                                                                9
d. i i:. ',# . j f 7 j; f.

M is#EL 7 M S ~f 9 6 ;gyg;4 %M .% v.0: Home % . ; . iy. ;,. . a > q: '.c - 04Mi!}ks.lff-b.!z 9 ' Pager -f'-

4. .. .;.. ..
                                                                                                                  ~. 9 ..

Office , f y:1.' ;. '. . c ; ?* c.i ! k .J

                                                                                                                         ;;s....> p f s:- 3 4 h '
                                                                                                                              , 2 .; - -
                                                                                                                             . .: W' (After tone, dial phone
                                                                                                                                                      ,.                                          f f:

l number which you are using) . Ilome - g. Ej6cMM4fiy?@%""O g W.$.R '.M ? oggice _ g; %#ia'.T

                                                                                                             $F;C ' Me ; ;.:..-                     .

l VWjj'g5g.g;;.;.;yy

                                                                                         -               .e:;.yQ'{t%;f '            .
                                                                                                                                                            ..~

i i . > l EP-104, Rev. 4

  • Page 14 of 16 -

VAW/ MPG /rgs  ; { , ) f l APPENDIX EP-104-4 (CONT'D) i SITE EMERGENCY PIIONE LIST (CONT'D) l (INITIAL NOTIFICATION) l Personnel / Agency to be notified (PhoneNumber Time Person Responding l ) j Agencies to.be contacted after the i above personnel / agencies have been , l notified

                                                                                                        /

Make this call last and remain on telephone until NRC dis ne 8

     *PersoncontactingNRCmustbe'licensfdoperator
i. Berks County Emergency Management Agency
                                                                                   //a  j
                                                                                          ./>
                                                                                           /g 4
j. Ches r County Emergency Completed By: Time /Date Verified By:

(Interim) Emergency Director

               ,!11ll'       ll
                                     .          l l

46s g , 1g n .

           .           r                       i vf/                                    d eoG                                    n                                                                                                                                                          .

R P op 5M 1/ s

         %             W                         e 0eA                                    R                                                                                                                                                           _.

1 gV

          - a                                    n                                                                                                                                                         .
      , PP                                       o                                                                                                               .~

E s r _ e P .

                                                                                                                                                              ?.%i /

8 . e m y" i T s t

                                   )                                      "                                                                                                                   c N                                      '                                       .                                                                           e TO                                       '-                                       -

n n SI IT R

                                                        ~
                                                                          ".s                           +

o c LA ~ G 9 s 5 L l' s.  ! EA -

-.. y ' ,. 'Q.

i 4NC f  : d 0OS p.1: 4, ;; C 1 lie r o~ . R P- e F~ 3_ '- .; P E b N EYD - m gW ;._

a. *
                                                                                                                                                                  ..p
                                                                                                                                                                     .a: '.;

XNR IEO C -

                                       --         u N   y,g.         -         :,
                                                                                              '~N  .          .
                                                                                                                                                                  ...'e,
                                                                                                                                                                     .N l

i t r o DG si  : sh g { .

                                                                                                                                                                     .en ' ,.                  n   t NRN . __

e n p.. ".' f '- u a EEO _ o g )~ g .'. . V; .

  • l r

PMI h @ ):. t,  ; -

                                                                                                                                                                         ..c                   e    e       -
                                                                                                                                                                   , y ;. ' ..               n PET                    P                                   ."?

l . p - A A 6. yf_ ' - .

                                                                                                                                                                              'f, o    o EL                        ;:

9

                                                                                                                                                                              ' ,..           h TA         _                                                                                                                                                   p d IC
                                                                    -                    - -                -                                                                                  e    e SS                                                                                                                                                            l     s E                     ee                            ee                  e            a.                                                                     e   n mc                            mc                  c                                                                                       e

( p. t oi oI i . c f l I f f n i f f f , o l O O O - e , n e - i _ . i b f  ;. . q i im t t e s o 9 . w r u n

                                                               ,.                                                         y.g,                       .

m d m; n C e - a R b - N o - y  : .g.  ;. - t

                                                                                                                             ;e
                                                                                                                                               ;i.r W                                            s   g
                                                            %7 ~%*'

t h i _ ;. \ ;l a n y 4 ,5 y l i i.[ c g +;' 9

                                                                                                                                                         -!                                         t c
                                                                                                                                               %l;f d          n                                    ?                                                                                                      l
n. Tj s a e e ..
                                                                                                                                                       '                                       l a

t g 7 L. .[ t_ c t n O a A g? ~  %;h. . - i / y o t l p::

c. 5' h W.:f s c i

I n e n n

n. '

g:. ~.'

                                                                                         ~.

N ~ (. i h t n o - k:h o . s e s i .w W5 k e r e m r i e . . . a P T P a b c d M

  • I l l l

j ".'!, i . l I EP-104, Rev. 4

  • l* !

I

                                                                               +         Page 16 of 16 VAW/ MPG / cgs j                                           APPENDIX EP-104-5 (CONT'D) 2                                      SITE EMERGENCY PilONE LIST (CONT'D)

(ESCALATION OR DE-ESCALATION) F .

                                                                                 ~

Personnel / Agency to be notified Phone Number Time Person Responding Agencies to be contacted after the above personnel / agencies have been - notified l

    -w
   'c M                                         M fopr l   '  W                                       M                                            sf Completed By:                                                         Time /Da I

Verified By: j (Interim) Emergency Director '1 l i I

  • de - .I 3842106670 EP-105, Ray. 4 Pag 2 1 of 17 AW MPG /mla
                                        PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY a

1 LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EP-105 GENERAL EMERGENCY RESPONSE

             ._., 1.0     . PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines for the site response to a General Emergency.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Stift Supervision shall assume the role of Interim Emargency Director when a General Emergency occurs unless the Emergency Director is present and performs the necessary steps in this procedure. 2.2 The Station Superintendent or alternate shall assume the role of the Emergency Director, report to the Technical Support Center or control room and relieve the Interim Emergency Director. 2.3 The Site Emergency Coordinator shall report to the Emergency Operations Facility and perform the necessary steps.in this procedure. 3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-105-1 General Emergency Notification Message 3.2 EP-105-2 Emergency Exposure Guidelines i 3.3 EP-105-3 General Emergency De-escalation Notification Message 3.4 EP-105-4 General Emergency Pho[e Li~st. R * *-W D.' :.

                                                                                                             +
                                                                                                               *  , Nk-h (Initial Notificationi.7                                       c f .i 3.5       EP-105-5 General Emergency Phone List -

(Escalation or De-escalation), , , t- ..r- e {

1[

l- EP-105, Rav. 4 Paga 2 of 17

  -;                                                                                                                                                 VAW/ MPG /mla I                     4.0          PREREQUISITES
                                                - 4.1              EP-101 Classification of Emergencies, completed 5.0          SPECIAL EQUIPMENT None 6.0-         SYMPTOMS None
                                  - 7.0           ACTION LEVEL 7.1              This. procedure shall be implemented when an event occurs that is classified as a General Emergency per EP-101 Classification of Emergencies.

I 8.0 PRECAUTIONS 8.1 Planned radiation exposures should be limited to the administrative guide levels in Appendix EP-105-2, Emergency Exposure Guidelines. 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 9.1.1 (Interim) Emergency Director shall: 1 9.1.1.1 Verify the emergency classification as l determined in EP-101, Classification of ( Emergencies unless determination has just ! been made. I 9.1.1.2 Fill out Appendix EP-105-1, General Emergency Notification Message, and give it to the communicator. l f

         ---+---*-.+*s.~           -       .---                       ,_. .                          -.
                         -w-m   --i,y,_,y-  ,,       y y.97-s+=g--   g.y.,-y,y ,.q4-ym,m--9,,y.y-wm,        ,,.c pyw-py.,pyw,,9y ,,     .p.,m,,eg    ,7e g-9.,es,_ww    ,,q4pq.,_.%,e       9-w9-

f .-. -.: . -- I- - l EP-105, Rev. 4 Page 3 of 17 VAW/ MPG /mla 1 ( 9.1.1.3 Direct communicator to complete ! I notification of the appropriate parties as specified in Appendix EP-105-4, General Emergency Phone List (Initial l Notification) or Appendix EP-105-5, l General Emergency Phone List (Escalation l or De-escalation). The Communicator l shall man the NRC RED telephone on a continuous basis until the NRC i disconnects. 9 .1. .'. 4 Contact the Station Superintendent and the Shift Technical Advisor, inform them of the situation, if not already done. l 9.1.1.5 Implement EP-306, Evacuation of the Information Center, if not already done. l l Ir. form the staff of the wind direction, I if there is an airborne release. ! 9.1.1.6 If there is a radiological release, implement EP-305, Site Evacuation. ! 9.1.1.7 If there has not been a radiological l release, l I s A.

                                                                                                                                                                    ~

em to cal 1~for a "T5t31 Project Evacuation" in accordance with Bechtel procedure.s. B and inform I ct Evacuation n ruction personnel is nted.

                                                                                                                  \b          WILL CALL FOR THE ASSEMBLY OF PERSONNEL AT THE UPPER PARKING LOT AND POST #3. IF IT IS DESIRED THAT THEY LEAVE THE SITE, INFORM BECHTEL COMMAND POSTS AT THE UPPER PARKING LOT.                                         ,

C. Select the type of accountability desired for personnel in the protected area and implement the required actions below: (

            *--i=w.w-am..,                 - ,           =_e.. _.      .   ..e.-
     ---w    s*a-vim-N-w---y-   - - -

ere e gwwe,-.im,mm -wywomy-e-e-me--eqe-w+--oc--i~wyo-g-----ewmaw--

(- -_.. - .. .- l EP-105, Rev. 4 i Page 4 of 17 VAW/ MPG /mla l l . {

l. Emergency Assembly Without Accountability l - - Make the following announcement "THIS (IS) (IS NOT) A DRILL.

l DESIGNATED EMERGENCY PERSONNEL l REPORT TO ASSIGNED EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES. ALL OTHER I PERSONNEL STAND BY FOR FURTHER ANNOUNCEMENT. THIS (IS) (IS NOT)

                   -                                     A DRILL. 
2. Emergency Assembly With ,

j Accountability l a. Select Unit 1 exit points as follows: I Day Shift - TSC and Administration Building Afternoon Shift - Administration Building Night Shift - Administration Building

b. Contact the (Interim)' .

Security Team Leader. Inform him of the selected exit point (s), that emergency assembly with accountability is going to be implemented, d to activate the Security t (EP-208) and to perform p lonnel accountability in cgdancewithEP-110, rennel Assembly and Accountability.

                                     '        \O g        C.

I in orm tW6m cuac spersonnel leaving Unit I will be reassembling at the Personnel Processing Center (PPC). (

      --erae             -+--,,

n . . . .- -.- ~ - . - . . - . - - l' EP-105, Rav. 4 Paga 5 of 17 VAW/ MPG /mla

           <                                                   "THIS (IS) (IS NOT) A DRILL, I

THIS (IS) (IS NOT) A DRILL.

                                         -                     DESIGNATED EMERGENCY PERSONNEL REPORT TO ASSIGNED EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES. ALL OTHER PERSONNEL LEAVE THE PROTECTED AREA IMMEDIATELY THROUGH THE (NAME OF EXIT AREA OR AREAS)

AND REASSEMBLE AT THE PERSONNEL PROCESSING CENTER. THIS.(IS) (IS NOT) A DRILL. THIS (IS) (IS NOT) A DRILL." l 9.1.1.8 For OFF-hours, if not already accomplished during an Alert or Site Emergency Response procedure, direct the l Shift Clerk to activate the call list using EP-291, Staffing Augmentation. If Shift Clerk is not available, this function may be assigned to any available individual. 9.1.1.9 Direct the activation of the. Technical Support Center in accordance with EP-201, Technical Support Center (TSC) Activation, if not already activated. 9.1.1.10 . Direct activation of the Emergency Operations Facility in accord.-dce with EP-203, Emergency Operatignd' Facility (EOF) Activation, if "npt'already activated.

                                                                       ~

9.1.1.11 If the EOF hsi not been activated earlier, during an Alert or Site , Emergency Response procedure, direct a L communicator to call EOF personnel (directing them to report to the EOF) using EP-279, EOF Group Phone List. L 9.1.1.12 Assign an Operations Support Center l Coordinator (PO), if not already done, to f direct available personnel to report to the Operations Support Center and to i activate it in accordance with EP-202, l' operations Support Center (OSC) l Activation. I I

e l EP-105, Rsv. 4 Pags 6 of 17 VAW/ MPG /mla L - 9.1.1.13 For samples, direct the Shift Chemistry f Technician or Chemistry Sampling And Analysis. Team Leader to implement EP-230 Chemistry Sampling And Analysis Team Activation. 9.1.1.14 For in-plant surveys, direct a Shift EP Technician or Personnel Safety Team Leader to implement EP-250, Personnel Safety Team Activation. 9.1.1.15 For field surveys when a release of gaseous radioactTve material has occurred or is suspected, direct Dose Assessment Team Leader to implement EP-210, Dose Assessment Team Activation. 9.1.1.16 For a release at or greater than the Alert level in EP-101, Classification of Emergencies, or at the discretion of the Emergency Director, direct the Dose Assessment Team Leader to implement EP-210, Dort Assessment Team Activation. On an interim bases, direct the Shift Technical Advisor to perform dose projections using EP-316, Cumulative i Population Dose Calculations for Airborne Releases-Manual Method or RMMS Computer and implement EP-317, Determination of Protective Action Recommendations. 9.1.1.17 For fire / damage repair direct the Maintenance Shift Assistant Foreman or Fire and Damage Team Leader to implement EP-260, Fire and Damage Team Activation and/or EP-261 Damage Repair Group.

9.1.1.18 For a liquid release, implement EP-312, Radioactive Liquid Release, if required.

! 9.1.1.19 For Security matters, contact Security l Shift Supervision and direct ! implementation of EP-208, Security Team l Activation, unless previously done. l l WW

m -l EP-105, Rcv. 4

                                                                           .       peg 2 7 of 17 VAW/ MPG /mla I                           9.2   FOLLOW-UP 9.2.1      (Interim) Emergency Director shall:

9.2.1.1 Verify that the Technical Support Center, Emergency Operations Facility and the Operations Support Center have been activated. 9.2.1.2 Periodically evaluate the event classification in accordance with EP-101,

              '~ ~

Classification of Emergencies. If the conditions change, deescalate to an appropriate classification. 9.2.1.3 If classification is de-escalated, fill out Appendix EP-105-3, General Emergency De-escalation Notification Message, and give it to the communic'ator and direct the communicator to perform notification of the appropriate parties listed in Appendix EP-105-5, General Emergency Phone List (Escalation or De-escalation). 9.2.1.4 Obtain the following information as necessary to formulate further actions: A. Security Status from Security Team Leader B. Sample analysis from Shift Chemistry Technician or Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader C. In-plant surveys from Shift HP Technician or Personnel Safety Team t Leader ( D. Field surveys from Shift EP l Technician or Dose Assessment Team l Leader E. Dose projections and protective action recommendations from Shift i Technical Advisor or Dose Assessment Team Leader I

                   , m m,w s-e. e , . . n   4

c _ l '. -..- - . ::. --  :. ~ -

                                                                                                                 ^ ^^
                  - ' .l                                                                        EP-105, Rsv. 4
      .               .                                                                           Pcg2 8 of 17 VAW/ MPG /mla F. Fire / Damage Repair status from the Maintenance Shift Assistant Foreman or. Fire.and Damage Team Leader G. Notification results from Communicator 9.2.1.5              Discuss protective action recommendations with the Site Emergency coordinator.

9.2.1.6 If not already performed, determine which additional support personnel are necessary for emergency functions and direct the Shift Clerk or other assigned person te contact those personnel. 9.2.1.7 Provide site personnel with'public address (PA) speaker announcements _for any major changes in plant emergency status, such as changing emergency action levels. 9.2.1.8 Evaluate the need and order evacuation of effected areas as necessary.

            .                                                     Refer to the following procedures:

EP-303 Local Evacuation EP-305 Site Evacuation EP 306 Evacuation of the Information Center 9.2.1.9 Perform' the following until relieved by the Site Emergency Coordinator: A. . Discuss protective action recommendations with the Dose Assessment Team Leader. B. Provide protective action recommendations to the Pennsylvania Bureau of Radiation Protection. C. Inform the various emergency response [. groups if the tscovery phase t l organization is to be implemented. l t l I! . l

                               - ~ . _ _ . -        . . . . . . . .
                                                                                                                         ~~ ~
                      -                               _ . . _                                               _ _ _ . .__          . '_ _ ~ ~ _ f     _
    .       ~.     .l                                                                                                                        EP-105, Rsv. 4 P&g3 9 of 17 VAW/ MPG /mla 9.2.2                                     The Communicator shall:
      - -t                                                                                                                                                                            ,

9.2.2.1 Inform the Emergency Director when appropriate notifications have been made and submit completed copy of Appendix EP-105-4 General Emergency Phone List (Initial Notification) or Appendix EP-105-5 (Escalation or De-escalation) for Emergency Director's signature.

10.0 REFERENCES

7 I- 10.1 Limerick Generating Station Emergency Plan 10.2 NUREG 0654, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans in Support of Nuclear Power Plants 10.3 EP-101 Classification of Emergencies 10.4 EP-201 Technical Support Center (TSC) Activation 4 10.5 EP-202 Operations Support Center (OSC) Activation

            .                   10.6                          EP-203 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF)

Activation 10.7 EP-291 Staffing Augmentation 10.8 EP-305 Site Evacuation 10.9 EP-306 Evacuation of the Information Center 10.10 EP-317 Determination of Protective Action . Recommendations 10.11 EP-316 Cumulative Population Dose Calculations For Airborne Releases - Manual Method 10.12 EP-110 Personnel Assembly and Accountability 10.13 EP-208 Security Team Activation 10.14 EP-210 Dose Assessment Team Activation 10.15 EP-230 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation 10.16 EP-250 Personnel Safety Team Activation i i

                         - , .              . . . ...        ..- - -_      _ . - . . - ~ . .-                  .
     *.         :-   l                                                                        EP-105, Rav. 4 Pcg2 10 of 17 VAW/ MPG /mla 10.17            EP-260 Fire and Damage Team Activation 10.18            EP-261 Damage Repair Group 10.19            EP-312 Radioactive Liquid Release 10.20            EP-279 Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Group Phone List 9

9 P l~ l l P i i l, l l,

                                   ^

l '  !

                       -       - - .                  ~
                                                                                                              "                                                                    '                                                             ~ ~ - ^
             ~* i EP-105 Rev. 4
   -                                                                                                                 -                                                                                                                           Pcg3 11 of 17 VAW/ MPG /mla APPEtJDIX EP-105-1 8'                                                                                      GENERAL EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION MESSAGE
           ~

MESSAGE: This (is)(is not) a drill. This (is)(is not) a drill. This'is the Limerick Generating Station calling to report a General Emergency. 'My name is , telephone

                                                                                        .- Limerick Generating Station is reporting a General
             ~ Emergency-declared at Unit No.                                                                                                                        .          Time and date of General Emergency classification are a                                                                           .

(24 Hr Clock Time) (Date) The basic problem is . Th'ere'(has been) (has not been) an (airborne) (liquid) radioactive release'from the. plant. The plant status is (stable) (improving) f

     ,              , (degrading) (not known).                                                                            The protective action recommended is-
                       -*                                                                                                   .                The affected area is                                                                                 .       This (is) (is not) a drill.                                                                 This (is) (is not) a drill.
  • If a General Emergency has been declared without prior emergency classification provide the recommendation to shelter'within the 2 mile radius and 5 miles downwind of the plant. If PEMA & BRP are not available, make the recommendation directly to the counties.

I I I t I i l

              -Ww-'         gr   +    -f y  're=-9'-'#7wrP7'n'y=v**wwwt--*'t='r*='--Tr'               'v'F-vM  'WMag.We+ gT-wr*wt w 'e#WW9           w-m*W'evgry't-vy-e e w        % 9--as q r g w ' vg yw we,i v ngegw wey, ay-*y-gwp wer                   -v'w-g=--e-&
    .                                                                                              ._                                       -~           _.
   ;                       l                                                                                                                                                EP-105 R2v. 4
        --                                                                                                                                                                  Pcga 12 of 17 VAW/ MPG /mic APPENDIX EP-105-2 i -

EMERGENCY EXPOSURE GUIDELINES Projected Whole Body Thyroid Authorized Function Dose Dose By

1. Life Saving and (Interim)

Reduction of Injury 75 REM

  • 375 REM Emergency **

Director

2. Operation of Equipment to Mitigate an (Interim)

Emergency 25 REM

  • 125 REM Emergency **

Director

3. Protection of Health (Interim) and Safety of the Public 5 REM 25 REM Emergency **

Director

4. Other Emergency 10 CFR 20 10 CFR 20 (Interim)

Activities limits limits Emergency Director I 5. Re-entry / Recovery Station Station Activities Administra- Adminis-tive Guide- trative lines Guide lines N/A

Reference:

EPA-520/1-75-001 Table 2.1

                             ** Such exposure shall be on a' voluntary basis 1

s [ 4

  -I r
                    ..~w,.
                                ----,_u    -.       ..~.em..-.
             *                       *        ---w+ --g--P-rw3+ygav-m ewrmv--p-sirew-*wwe m= w p-e.                e.r w a w-ww v. Wrknw's--F-P'-9=PW M'         ewe Swe -.              ***^Wyr-w*et*NT WW e---
v. .- . .- - .- .- -.- . - -.

l EP-105 R3v. 4 1

   !                                                                                                      Paga 13 of 17 VAW/ MPG /mla
      .                                                               APPENDIX EP-105-3 i

GENERAL EMERGENCY DE-ESCALATION NOTIFICATION MESSAGE Message: This-(is) (is not) a drill. This (is) (is not) a drill. This is Limerick Generating Station calling to report a change in emergency action level. The General Emergency has been (de-escalated tol (An Unusual Event) (An Alert) (An Site Emergency) (Terminated). Time and date are

                                                                ,         . The plant status is (stable)

(24 Hr Clock Time) (Date) (improving). My name is . This (is) (is not) a drill. This (is) (is not) a drill. 4 9 e i r l~

                                   ~-.-9     .y ;
                                         .[. \ ' .T
  • 1 . .

1 . l .

   !                                                                                                                                                                     '                        EP-105, Rev. 4 i              l

{ Page 14 of 17 l VAW/ MPG /rgs a i APPENDIX EP-105-3 ' f fiE'!EU.S.L EMERGENCY PHONE LIST -- Time Initiated _ (INITIAL

                                                                                                     . _ . .           .- NOTIFICATION) i              Personnel / Agency To De Not ified                        -

Phone Number Time Person Responding .l l 1 yyy Q ,,lQWV  %

a. nome
                     *3?-[.d..;.'tJ;-                                                   Office               y:-
                                                                                                              - {';;;;T   ,. t ' .g}( 1 [. l.ll   . Ga.

fi sf.[. > ;- i Home l Offic

b. Offic l
                     ~' : .
                      ...                     ; , . . -:~:. . " :). ' :f%                                                                                              AM-e
                                 } !.. ?.; g. .P.                '>.'   '""~'                                                                                      ( 8Af t-4 PM)

( l .3 : ' 7 ' . . . . c .p, ;'? ( 8 AM-4 Pil) - l (PEMA after hours) . .. i

                       , 4. ~ :, .
                                            ?. ; - _, * , '
                                                                              #&*      UomQ                                                                       p             l [

g, m'.::.. /g ..c . . . 'c . JE - Office

g. Ilome '

Office , I#_._.__.__.____

                                                                                             '~

j . l i EP-I t, , Rev. 4 '.

    ,                                                                                                 Page 15 of 17

!' VAW/ MPG /rgs i: , APPENDIX EP-105-3 I { GENERAL EMERGENCY PHONE LIST j Time Initiated (INITIAL NOTIFICAT.LON) . Personnel / Agency To Be Notified F Phone Number T me Person Responding 2nd choice 3rd Choice: Make this call last and remain on 4th Choices telephone until NRC disconnects ,

  • Person contacting NRC must be 5th Choiced Licensed Operator A7 h_

Agencies to be contacted after the above personnel / agencies have been notifed 3. r--- - . Completed Dy: Time /Date i Verified By: L - (INTERIM) EMERGENCY DIRECTOR

                                                                            ~'

j i n 4!

                                                                                                                                                                           -                                                                                                     ^

l 8 EP-105, Rev. 4' Page 16 of 17 VAW/ MPG /rgs i APPENDIX EP-105-5

        ;                                                                                                                   GENERAL EMERGENCY PilONE LIST Time Initiated                                                                                              (ESCAI.ATION OR DE-ESCALATION)

Personnel / Agency To Be Notif W Phone Number Ting Person Responding ce

                           .                                                                                            Home i         office                                                                                                                                                       _
b. Office

}" g

d. 1st Choice
                                                                                                                   .                                            2nd Choice:                          W
                                                                                                                     '.                                         3rd Choice:

Make this call last and remain'on 4th Choices telephone until NRC disconnects _ _ - , , , - _ _ - _ , . _ _ _ . , _ _ - , . , , , - . _ _ . , . , _ . - . - - ._ ._, - -_.,m.- _ . _ _ _ , _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _

I t .

                                                                                                                                                            '                               EP-luS, Rev. 4' l          l Page 17 of 17 VAW/ MPG /rgs
    .                                                                                           APPENDIX EP-105-5 GENERAL Ef1ERGENCY PilONE LIS_P                                  _

Time Initiated (ESCALATION-OR~DE; ESCALATION F Personnel / Agency To Be Notified Phone Number Time Person Responding Agencies to be contacted after i the above personnel / agencies have l~ been notifed I i: l 'eC Completed By: Time / m _l verified Dy: (INTERIM) EMERGENCY DIRECTOR - j o- . j 1 BOY , i l I. - __ __ _ _ . _ ._. . _ _ _ . _ . . _ _ _ - - - _ - . _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - _ _ - _ _ . _ - _ _ _ . _ _ _ .

F

   'I f

EP-230 Rn. 3 I^ 3842106680 Page 1 of 10 T /RGH/jmv PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EP-230 CHEMISTRY SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS TEAM ACTIVATION 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose'of this procedure is to provide guidelines for

       - '~

the actions required to activate the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES , 2.1 The (Interim) Emergency Director shall direct the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader to activate a team, when required. 2.2 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall appoint a group leader to perform the steps necessary in this procedure. 2.3 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall direct the group members to perform the steps necessary in this procedure. 3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-230-1 Emergency Exposure Guidelines l 3.2 EP-230-2 Sample and Analysis Logsheet 4.0 PREREQUISITES f hF,S

. ;. ?PYh' (, a  ; ,' 3 l ,

g" . 5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPI1ENT , None ..

                                                                                    ,j s ..

i I l

o

  ,t' l.-                                                                                                   EP-230 Rev. 3 Page 2 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv 6.0-                     SYMPTOMS Mone 7.0                     ACTION LEVEL 7.1         The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group will be activated at the discretion of the (Interim) Emergency Director.
  • 8.0 PRECAUTIONS 8.1 Planned radiation exposures should be limited to the administrative guide levels in Appendix EP-230-1 Emergency Exposure Guidelines.

8.2 continuous coverage by a Health Physics Technician may substitute for the Radiation Work Permit. 8.3 Every effort should be made to maintain the individual r and man-rom exposures of the group to ALARA. i l 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 4 9.1.1 The (Interim) Emergency Director shall l 9.1.1.1 Direct the (Interim) Chemistry Sampling and i i Analysis Team Leader to collect samples, as  ! f necessary, and analvse the samples or use offsite support greaps for the analysis.

!                                                         9.1.2     Senior Shift Chemistry technician shall:                               i 9.1.2.1   Report to the Chemistry Field Office and verify habitability in accordance with EP-                            ;

330, Emergency Response Facility Eabitability. Report to the Chemistry Area l t on the 2nd floor of the Administration

' Building if the Chemistry Lab is not habitable. If the Chemistr:t Lab  !'

! habitability is degraded, t;,me spent in the lab analysing samples should be minimized and protective measures shall be employed.

          - _ _ _ _ , , _ _ _ _ - , . - - _ , _ . , _ . _                __              _ .,__ _ _._,-____.__. _ ._            ___~,-__s

I o: , e I l 'Y .Yh ' EP-230 Rev. 3

                         ;     3 ,, s Page 3 of 10
                                                                                            ,                TJY/RGH/jmv Consideration should be given to sending the
                                                                    . samples offsite for analysis.
       ~

9.1.2.2 After discussing the situation with the

                                            ,                        Emergency Director to determine the priorities of group activation and immediate
         "'                                                          responses of the, Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team, assume the role of Interim i           Chemistry Samp1.ing and Analysis Team Leader.

AT ANY PdINT IN THIS PROCEDURE, THE

               ,.1'>/
          ~

CHEMISTRY SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS TEAM LEADER WILL REPORT TO THE TSC AND RELIEVE THE p' INTERIM TEAM LEADER ONCE FULLY COGNIZANT OF 1 THE SITUATION. s 9.1.2.3 Appoint Group Leaders from available personnel and/or assume the role of group

                        ,,                                           leader and group member (s) (until relieved)        ;

and complete the appropriate steps in this

                                   ,                                 procedure. "

9.1.2.4 ~ Assign s'ampling tasks to Group Leaders. dy'7; g Brief; Group Leaders on plant status and i 3

                                                                    . potential or e'xisting radiological j'                          7
  • conditions and/or hazards, as the I information becomes available.

9 .1. 2. 5_ P.equest emergency exposure authorizations from the Emergency Director for the appropriate group members as required. 9.1.3 Chemistry-Sampling and Analysis Group Leader *

                                       . -                           shall:

L ) I' L 9.1.3.1 Assemble the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis

l. Group Members at the Chemistry Field Office and perform accountability if required per cs EP-110 Personnel Assembly and d's ~'i , , Accountability.

[ 9.1.3.2 Obtain all PASS keys from the key cabinets located in the chemistry field office or

  • 3 g? chemistry administration office.

9.1.3.3 Direct group member (s) to prepare sampling , equipment using the appropriate procedures. A-l 9.1.3.4 Direct group member (s) to prepare sample preparation station, Counting Room and analysis instrumentation using the appropriate procedures. 1s

l, EP-230 Rev. 3 , Page 4 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv l 9.1.3.5 Appoint group member (s) as necessary to assist in maintaining accountability j logsheet, sampling and analysis logsheet, plant status record keeping and other appointed duties. 9.1.3.6 Evaluate sampling conditions and/or locations identified in steps 9.1.3.3 through 9.1.3.7 below and instruct group. members to take the necessary samples using indicated procedures.

       ~ '

9.1.3.7 Refer to the following procedures to sample primary coolant and drywell atmosphere as necessary: EP-231 Operation of Post Accident Sampling System (PASS)

                    ~

EP-233 Retrieving And Changing Sample Filters And Cartridges From The Containment Leak Detector During Emergencies EP-234 Obtaining Containment Gas Samples From the Containment Leak Detector During Emergencies EP-235 Obtaining Reactor Water Samples From Sample Sinks Following Accident Conditions 9.1.3.8 In the event of a unplanned radioactive liquid release, to the Schuylkill River, obtain samples of the blowdown line water in ' accordance with: EP-236 Obtaining Cooling Tower Blowdown Line Water Samples Following Radioactive Liquid Release After Accident conditions

l , EP-230 Rev. 3 Page 5 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv i 9.1.3.9 Use the following procedures to obtain samples, as necessary, from the various sample-points. North and South Stack EP-237 Obtaining the Iodine / Particulate and/or gas samples from the North Vent Wide Range Gas Monitor (WRGM) Liquid Radwaste EP-238' Obtaining Liquid Radwaste Samples from.Radwaste Sample Sink Following Accident Conditions Off Gas EP-240 Obtaining Off Gas Samples from the Air Ejector / Holdup pipe Discharge Reactor Enclosure or Suppression Pool EP-231 Operation of Post Accident Sampling Systems (PASS) . l l 9.1.3.10 Use the following procedures for the preparation and handling of highly radioactive samples. EP-241 Sample Preparation and Handling j of Highly Radioactive Liquid l Samples EP-242 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate Filters and Iodine Cartridges EP-243 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples 9.1.3.11 Periodically have group member exposures l- evaluated to ensure that group members do i not exceed normal administrative exposure L guidelines without prior approval of the (Interim) Emergency Director. t 9.1.3.12 As required, request the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader to obtain emergency exposure authorizations from the (Interim) Emergency Director for affected group members. _.->.------.--s-,.-=-,--rw~~-m.-r-_, - - - - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

l- EP-230 Rev. 3 Page 6 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv 9.1.3.13 Assign a sample number to each sample to be analized and record on Appendix EP-230-2 Sample and Analysis Logsheet. Complete the appropriate line for each sample taken as l the information becomes available. 9.1.3.14 Appropriately file the data sheets and analysis reports with Appendix EP-230-2 Sample and Analysis Logsheet for each sample analyzed. 9.1.4 - Chemistry Sampling and Analysis-Group , Members shall: 9.1.4.1 Assemble the necessary equipment needed to ' / obtain and analyze samples. Label all l sample containers before sampling. l 9.1.4.2 Collect and analyze samples as directed by ' the Group Leader. , 9.1.4.3 Give data sheets and anlaysis reports to the ' ' sampling and analysis Group Leader. 9.2 FOLLOW-UP 9.2.1 The (Interim) Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall: 9.2.1.1 Report the results of these analyses to the (Interim) Emergency Director, Dose Assessment Team Leader and Health Physics l and Chemistry Coordinator. 9.2.1.2 Provide group leaders with periodic plant status changes including significant radiation exposure and radioactive contamination problems which may affect the functions of the team. 9.2.1.3 If necessary, use the post accident sampling analysis off-site capabilities by referring to EP-244, Off-Site Analysis of High Activity Samples. 9.2.1.4 Provide additional personnel support, if necessary, using EP-292 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Phone List.

                  - w m4+8w-p-+--ww=-re                y- %g. w wi - aN D y y---'fFW^43TW@N 'WTTO P T9 Wh6-                 **'T999GNW"F""NWP"'"YN"9'F'*-T" " * *
j. , EP-230 Rev. 3 Page 7 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv 9.2.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall:
   -                                           9.2.2.1     Report results of samples anc. analysis to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader.

9.2.2.2 Provide Group Members with periodic plant status changes to include radiological' conditions which may affect the group. _.. 9.2.2.3 Request augmentative personnel from the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader as required.

10.0 REFERENCES

10.1 Limerick Generating Station Emergency Plan 10.2 NUREG 0654, Rev. 2 - Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness In Support of Nuclear Power Plants 10.3 EP-231. Operation of Post Accident Sampling System (PASS) 10.4 EP-233 Retrieving and Changing Sample Filters and Cartridges from the Containment Leak Detector during Emergencies l 10.5 EP-234 Obtaining Containment Gas Samples from the Containment Leak Detector During Emergencies 10.6 EP-235 Obtaining Reactor Water Samples from Sample Sinks Following Accident Conditions 10.7 EP-236 Obtaining Cooling Tower Blowdown Line Samples Following Radioactive Liquid Releases After ' Accident Conditions 10.8 EP-237 Obtaining the Iodine / Particulate Samples and/or gas samples the North Vent Wide Range Gas Monitor (WRGM) 10.9 EP-238 Obtaining Liquid Radwaste Samples from the Radwaste Sample Sink Following Accident Conditions

l. EP-230 Rev. 3
           ,                                                                                   Page 8 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv 10.10 EP-240 Off Gas Samples from the Air Ejector / Holdup Pipe Discharge
      .           10.11 EP-241 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Liquid Samples 10.12 EP-242 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate Filters and Iodine Cartridges 10.13 EP-24.3 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly

_, Radicactive Gas Samples 10.14 EP-292 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Phone List 10.15 EP-110 Personnel Assembly and Accountability 10.16 EP-244 Off-Site Analysis of High Activity Samples l-l i-I i i

(, EF-230, Rev. 3 Page 9 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv APPENDIX EP-230-1 Emergency Exposure Guidelines Projected Whole Body Thyroid Authorized Function Dose Dose By

1. Life-Saving and (Interim)

Reduction of Injury 75 REM

  • 375 REM Emergency **

Director

       ~ ' '
2. Operation of Equipment to Mitigate an (Interim)

Emergency 25 REM

  • 125 REM Emergency **

Director

3. Protection of Health (Interim) and Safety of the Public 5 REM 25 REM Emergency **

Director

4. Other Emergency 10 CFR 20 10 CFR 20 Emergency Activities limits limits Director
5. Re-entry / Recovery Station Station Activities Administra- Adminis-tive Guide- trative lines Guide-L lines N/A l-
  • Referrnce: EPA-520/1 ~i;-001 Table 2.1
** Such exposure shall be on a voluntary basis l

L i r

                                                                                ,--,-.n-- , - - - , , _ , , . _ . _ . -
,      ,?      -

t l' l.

  • EP-230, Rev. 3 Page 10 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv APPENDIX-EP-230-2 SAMPLING & ANALYSIS LOGSHEET l .. l Date:

i I l l. 1 iTime ! l l Time Time Analysis i l Sample Sample

  • Sample Sample Results ,

Sample Requested

                                   #   Source         Type                  Received    Reported                  l i
       . _ .                                                              o                               L L

l' l-i 1 l I I Ii ll l.

             .l.                                                                                          L II II l- I                       .

I I I l i

  • Sample Type: - Charcoal * - Smear
                                       - Liquid                 - Other (describe)       . . _ _ - _ .      _ . .

t .-

 .          I                                       3842106690                    EP-231 Rev.'3
                .,   .                                                              Paga 1 of 42
                   .                                                                      TJY/jmv i-                                   PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY "h
    '\                                     LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE '

EP-231 OPERATION OF POST-ACCIDENT SAMPLING SYSTEMS (PASS) 1.0 PURPOSE

   , - ~ ~

The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines for ~ obtaining samples from the Post-Accident Sampling Station following accident conditions. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall direct the group members to perform the necessary steps in this procedure. P 3.0 APPENDICES

  • t 3.1 EP-231-1 Procedure for Draining the Trap, Sump and Collector ._

l 3.2 EP-231-2 Procedure for Obtaining 14.4 ml Gas Sample 3.3 EP-231-3 Procedure for Obtaining Iodine / Particulate ! Sample , 3.4 EP-231-4 Procedure for Obtaining a Small Volume Liquid Sample

       ,-              3.5         EP-231-5   Procedure for Obtaining a Large Liquid
       .                           Sample and/or a Dissolved Gas Sample l                       3.6         EP-231-6   Procedure for Flushing the Liquid and                     *

! Dissolved Gas System 3.7 EP-231-7 M-102 General Arrangement Plan at El. . fgpF F,TE 'hf. h. 5, 3.8 EP-231-8 Diagram of Control Panel-left' side (Original l Photographs are kept on file w'ith Chemistry ~ Supervision) t .

                                                                               . s.
                                                                       ,..         .<          m

hf Li!,i kid.I yy.1dtil1 d

                 *.                                                           .          r
              ).        =                                                         EP-231 Rcv. 3 Paga 2 of 42 TJY/jmv t-                    3.9    EP-231-9 Diagram of Control Panel-right side T                             (Original photographs are kept on file with Chemistry Super?ision)                                .

3.10 EP-231-10 Control Panel Switch Layout 3.11 EP-231-ll Schematic of Post Accident Sample Station , 4.0 PREREQUISITES,

     ' ~ "

4.1 Prior to entering the plant to obtain the sample, ensure that'the Post Accident Sample Station is operable by verifying that RT-5-030-800-0, POST ACCIDENT SAMPLE STATION OPERABILITY TEST, was successfully performed in the previous six months. 5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT l 5.1 Gas vial sample tube ! 5.2 Iodine & particulate sample assembly l l . f-. 5.3 14.4 ml gas vials and caps

            -l l              5.4    Liquid sample bottles and caps l              5.5    10cc syringe with luer-lok fitting l             .5.6    Silver zeolite cartridges L
            -l               5.7    47mm particulate filters (Gelman) l              5 .~8  Small bottle of demin water

( l 5.9 Large volume cask , L l 5.10 Small volume cask 1 l 5.11 Gas sample cask l 5.12 Flashlight l l 5.13 Mirror l 5.14 Watch with secondhand or stopwatch l 5.15 Plastic bags i

d h l EP-231 RGv. 3 Page 3 of 42 TJY/jmv l 5.16 PASS carrying box ( l 5.17 Copy of EP-231-Operation of Post-Accident Sampling

         .                                       Systems (PA.9S) l                   .5.18          Blank Data Sheets                                                       .

l 5.19 Portable Communication Equipment (if available) l 5.20 Clip Board

      . ' .J . .                     5.21        Pens, Pencils, etc.

l 5.22 Towels l 5.23 Control Panel Power Key l 5.24 Ramp for Large Volume Case l 5.25 Scissors . 6.0 SYMPTOMS

      ,r '-                          None

[- 7.0 ACTION LEVEL i ! This procedure shall be implemented when a sample shall be taken from the PASS during an emergency situation. l l 8.0 PRECAUTIONS l ! 8.1 Planned radiation exposures should be limited to the administrative guide levels in Appendix EP-230-1, Emergency Exposure Guidelines. 8.2 Continuous coverage by a health physics technician may ' substitute for the Radiation Work Permit. l 8.3 Eye protection should be worn by all personnel when obtaining samples from the sample station. , 8.4 There is no automatic drain or blow down but there is t an alarm light to indicate that the level in the trap T-717 is high and that the trap needs to be drained right away. This trap removes water from the gas

                                       .- .. . .    ..... - .- .          :L::   2.-_-    ::::-..    :.::: ._    L=:rr-.
                                      ^
           ,        s.

l EP-231 Rav. 3 Page 4 of 42 TJY/jmv

   .                             sample lines.        If the liquid level becomes too high, water will be sucked into the gas breakdown pump and mechanical damage may result.

8.5 Minimum amount of time should be spent near the surface of the sample enclosure. , 8.6 The indicator for Area Radiation Detector RE-507 is on the control panel and its reading should be noted. ( 8.7 Prior to collecting a sample, (and after the system $ has been operated) che PASS should be drained and blown out in accordance with Appendix EP-231-1. s 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS l

                                              -The (Interim) Chemistry Sempling and                           )f i

9.1.1 Analysis Team Leader shall: )

                                                                                                                \

9.1.1.1 After discussing the situation with'the  : (Interim) Emergency Director, determine which of the following PASS samples are l required based on the following information: Sample Sampling Time

1. Drywell. Atmosphere 25 Min.

i 1 A. Upper Drywell l [ 291' El l B. Lower Drywell 242' El

2. Suppression Pool Atmosphere A. 222' El-250 Deg Azimuth from North B. 222' El-70 Deg Azimuth from North
3. Secondary Containment 10 Min.

Atmosphere ,

4. Primary Coolant Jet Pump 20 Min.
                . - _ _ . _ _ _ _ . -- _ . _. _ _r zr _ rr n . _ . n_ _ _ .. .__ _ _ . . .- _. . -   .. _ , _
    ...e               2N    ^ -
                                                                       ^
               'l ,                                                                                                                                                                           EP-231 Rev. 3
                                                                                                                                  .          .                                                    Page 5 of 42 TJY/jmv i

S. RER - 25 Min.

       - -                                                                                         A.                        "A" RHR F                                                                                                   B.                        "B" RER                                                                                                                     ,

9.1.1.2 Check the. Plant Radiation Level Status Board to forecast anticipated radiological - - conditions. 4-9.1.1.3 Contact the Personnel Safety Team Leader and ' check on the latest developments related to radiological conditions and inform him what sample (s) are to be taken and that Health Physics' coverage is required. 9.1.1.4 . Request input from the Control Room (via Emergency Director) to ascertain desired sample system availability. 9.1.1.5 Determine what analyses are required and inform the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader what analyses are required. If an iodine / particulate sample is desired, recommend sampling time. ( 9.1.1.6 Request Emergency Exposure Authorizations from the Emergency Director for group members (as required) and inform the l Personnel Safety Team Lead.r of this . development. f 9.1.1.7 Direct the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader to collect and analyze the PASS l f- samples. ! 9.1.2 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group

Leader shall

l 9.1.2.1 Assign the appropriate number of group l' members to obtain the necessary equipment to collect and transport the sample to the hot chemistry lab. 9.1.2.2 If a particulate / iodine cartridge sample is to be obtained, contact the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader (TSC) for an estimated sampling time and record this time on Appendix EP-231-3. w .-__ - _ ., _ . . . _ . _ _ _ . _ . _ _ m et+c~+e e - - w a-y.a4,,e qrn+y 9-- , . . -p*y gy.- + - g-e.ir- m-i+,ya--,pu-ypp-%yrew.,- .-w,-- -..g, -reae.rm,-r, m ee-r--s-wm e- ,e e wnw.-meds- w e e e g+ w.--w-

l EP-231 Rsv. 3 Page 6 of 42 TJY/jmv

                    -l                                                9.1.2.3      Once the sample type and sampling location has been determined, contact the Control Room and request a system line-up to permit
              -                                                                    collection of the appropriate sample in
                      .                                                            accordance with the following information.

Also, inform operations to contact the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader if problems with the line-up arise during sampling. - SAMPLE LOCATION . SWITCH SWITCH NAME POSITION

                   ~'h.                Upper Drywell (291')                         SV-57-132,134,150 1 B Containment
                                                                                           -(232,234,250) Atmosphere Sample OPEN
or Lower Drywell (242') Sys. Isolation HS-57-153(253) Drywell Atmosphere AUTO Sample Sys.

Isolation

                                                                                   *HSS-57-191B(291B)             Containment                   BYPASS Isolation Signal Bypass i
                                                                                   *HSS-57-191D(292D)              Containment                  BYPASS
             ~'
           '                                                                                                       Isolation i

signal Bypass

B. Suppression j Pool ( 222'l SV-57-183,191 1 A Containment AUTO '

l (250 Deg Azimuth -(283,291) Atmosphere Sample from North) Sys. Isolation HS-57-187(287) Suppression Pool AUTO Atmosphere Sample Sys. Isolation

                                                                                   *HSS-57-191A(291A)              Containment                  BYPASS Isolation Signal Bypass
                                                                                   *HSS-57-191C(291C)              Containment                  BYPASS Isolation L                                                                                                                   Signal Bypass
  • Only necassary if containment isola. tion signal is present i
       .                   . _ _ . _ .        . . _ , . - . , _ _ _ .            ~            Z .. Z.T.'~.. .

__11 Z '. L . .... . __ . . .i ~~,L-,.._~--.,_

                .   .             .   - . . . .      -          -.   . . . ~ - .        . . .

l' EP-231 Rev. 3 Page 7 of 42

                  -                                                                                 TJY/jmv
    ,                 SAMPLE LOCATION               SWITCH                    SWITCH NAME            POSITION p                C. Suppression
      .               Pool (222')                SV-57-181(281)               1 B Containment          AUTO (70 Deg Azimuth                                        Atmosphere Sample                       -

from North) Sys. Isolation HS-57-187(287) Suppression Pool AUTO Atmosphere Sample Sys. Isolation .,

   . _,,                                        *HSS-57-191B(291B)           Containment               BYPASS Isolation Signal Bypass                              ,
                                                *HSS-57-191C(291C)           Containment               BYPASS Isolation Signal Bypass                         .

D. Secondary Containment No Line-up Necessary E. "A" RHR HV-51-lF079A 1 A RHR Sample OPEN (2F079A) Line Upstream l Isolation Valve HV-51-lF080A 1 A RHR Sample OPEN (2F08CA) Line Outboard i

                                                *HSS-57-191A(291A)           Containment               BYPASS Isolation Signal Bypass
                                                *HSS-57-191B(291B)           Containment               BYPASS Isolation Signal Bypass l
  • Only necessary if containment isolation signal is present
                                                   = = . _======- .=:- .: := :. - -. === -                    ,:,z:-
                                                              ~
                   =         .

l EP-231 Rev. 3 Page 8 of 42 TJY/jmv SAMPLE LOCATION SWITCH SWITCH NAME POSITION

     ..(                                                                                                                                                         '

F. "B" RER EV-51-1F079B 1 B RER Line OPEN (2F079B) Upstream - Isolation Valve EV-51-1F080B 1B RER Sample OPEN (2F080B) Line Downstream . Isolation , ,

                                                                               ,   *HSS-57-191A(291A)                                  Containment                                           BYPASS Isolation Signal Bypass
                                                                                   *HSS-57-191B(291B)                                  Containment                                           BYPASS Isolation Signal Bypass                                                                      -
  • Only necessary if containment isolation signal is present.

l 9.1.2.4 Have the. shift verify that the liquid return line to the Suppression Pool is open by placing the following switch in the appropriate position: < IT- UNIT SWITCH SWITCH NAME POSITION 1 HS-52-101D Supp Pool Suction OPEN 2 i 2 HS-52-101A Supp Pool Suction OPEN l l l 9.1.2.5 Appoint Group member (s) to prepare the Hot Lab for receiving the sample. USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES AS GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF THE HOT LAB. l EP-241 (LIQUID) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly j

Radioactive Liquid l

Samples EP-242 (IODINE) Sample Preparation and , Handling of Highly l Radioactive Particulate l Filters and Iodine Cartridges EP-243 (GAS) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples l i

           . . ,       ,-.     , , - - - , ,  ,.e   ,,-nn-,-,..._,, man,,,,m_w,,                 .

e~.-p w+ r ,-.n... --- .%-~*,.,,a,_ - '

                                                                                                                                                     , , - - -        ..r., - - - _ , . , .    ._,.-,,-~.l,-.X1,-~,-c---n,
                                              .                                                                                                                                                        l a .- .            .
                                                     . s. -. -. -                                                      . - -   -..          - -                                  - -
            ;G          b l                                                                                                                                       EP-231 Rav. 3
                 .          .                                                                                                                          Page 9 of 42 TJY/jmv
       ,      I
l. 9.1.2.6 If a large volume liquid sampl'e is to be taken and an outside route is to be taken, contact the Fire and Damage Repair Team j Leader for providing the means of 1 transportation for the Large Volume Cask.

l' l 9.1.2.7 Brief the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis ' Group members on the following: _J,, A. Communications equipment and channel N. l B. Type of sample (s) to be collected l C. Location of sample points l D. Suggested Routes to be taken l E. Precautions for operating the PASS l F. Projected amount of time required to collect and tranport the sample l; G. Review the procedures to be followed for

     ,                                                                                                            sample collection, handling, preparation and analysis
 ,             l                                                                          E.                      Special tools and equipment required for sample handling and/or collection l                                                                          I.                      Proper completion of data sheets 9.1.2.8              Dispath the Chemistry Sampling and Aralysis Team members to the OSC for Heatlh Physics support if radiclogical conditions permit or other appointed location as determined by the Plant Survey Group Leader.

9.1.3 The Health Physics Technician shall: l 9.1.3.1 Determine the appropriate route to be taken. 9.1.3.2 Take appropriate radiation survey equipment and ensure that equipment is functional and calibrated. 9.1.3.3 Provide group members with the appropriate dosimetry, protective clothing and respiratory equipment. l l

       +           y   --c.   , - e_c-   ,- - , - . , , . - . - , - -   -.m.,,,-    ,, ,-  --,m.----.<--,y.----,-,%m           ,.  ,- - , - +,, -

m.m ,,y -,.,,,,,,---,,v-

                                                                                                                                                                   .                   --.,   -w . - -

[- . EP-231 Rav. 3 Paga 10 of 42 TJY/jmv 9.1.3.4 Perform a pre-job briefing with the I Chemistry technicians assigned to obtain the sample to discuss the following: A. RWP requirements B. Routes to' PASS Facility C. Authorized doses D. Radiological concerns and precautions

        - ~ ~                                                                             s E. Review of procedure for obtaining and transporting sample to hot lab F. Suggested methods to maintain exposures ALARA G. Stay times and Abort Criteria 9.1.3.5  Provide constant coverage while obtaining and transporting samples from the PASS.

9.1.3.6 Monitor dose rates enroute and at the sample

     --                            location. 1If the general area. dose rates i                               exceed 5 R/hr at the door leading to the

',' Turbine Cnclosure, 217'-0" El. or 10 R/hr within the Turbine enclosure (enroute to or at the sampling point) instruct Group Members to immediately exit the area and report to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader. '

                                                                                            ]

9.1.3.7 Survey the sample area (concentrating especially on the PASS) and the sample container once the sample has been collected and the shielded sample cask. 9.1.3.8 Document the sample cask survey results and give them to the Chemistry Sampling and if Analysis Group Leader (or other designated . group member) when arriving at the hot lab. k 9.1.3.9 Provide constant coverage during sample _ preparation and handling as specified in EP-241, EP-242 or EP-243. 9.1.4 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group members shall: 9.1.4.1 Assemble for a pre-job briefing at the chemistry lab.

                                                                                      - ~

m .m-ow , - - -

      . - _ _ . .                      _              ~"      -~.        . . ~ ~ . .

l EP-231 Rsv. 3 Page 11 of 42 TJY/jmv

   ;-                                     9.1.4.2        Inform the Group Leader'if they are

~ V approaching the Administrative.. exposure guidelines, or may not have sufficient

    .                                                    exposure remaining to successfully complete the assigned task.

9.1.4.3 Obtain the necessary equipment to collect the sample and ensure that the hot lab is ready to accept the sample.

                                                    . PROPERLY LABEL ALL SAMPLE CONTAINERS
      ~l ~ ~                              9.1.4.4        Once the group has been briefed and the appropriate equipment has been assembled proceed to the OSC or other designated location for Health Physics coverage. Once briefed by Health. Physics collect the sample in accordance with the appropriate appendix to this procedure.                    (see following)                                     =

Appendix Title EP-231 Procedure for Draining the Trap, Sump and Collector

  .                                                      EP-231 Procedure for Obtaining 14.4 ml
                                                                         , Gas Sample EP-231 Procedure for Obtaining Iodine / Particulate Sample EP-231 Procedure for Obtaining a Small volume Liquid Sample EP-231 Procedure for Obtaining a Large Liquid Sample and/or a Dissolved Gas Sample                                                ,

i EP-231 Procedure for Flushing the Liquid l , and Dissolved Gas System 1 L l ^ 9.1.4.5 Once the H.P. technician has surveyed the z. ! sample cask, take the sample to the hot lab  : ! retracing the route back from the sample " point. l 9.1.4.6 Upon introduction of the sample into the hot .- lab, the sample will be handled and stored I in a manner that personnel exposures are !. kept ALARA. i

                      . . - -   , ,i , . ._ .- ,; L               ~' ~. :. . .       -.T 7T.- ::r- _2. :, . _.- . . . '::_:~: _ . T -~ ~~: '

M l EP-231 Rav. 3 Page 12 of 42 TJY/jmv o l 9.1.4.7 Contact the Group Leader as soon as the sample reaches the hot lab and. inform him that the sample collection has been

         ..                                                completed and what the sample status is.

9.2 FOLLOW-UP _ 9.2.1 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall: 9.2.1.1 Report the results to the Emergency Director

      . . _ , . ,                                          and the Health Physics and Chemistry Coordinator (EOF).

9.2.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall: 9.2.2.1 Notify Shift Supervision that a sample has been taken and the aligned valves may be ~ returned to the " NORMAL" position. 9.2.2.2 Have group member (s) dose monitored to ensure that exposure limits have not been exceeded. 9.2.'2.3 3 Inform the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader that the required sample is in the hot lab. 9.2.2.4 Instruct the group members to perform i calculations (if any) on the Data Sheet of the appropriate Appendix. l 9.2.2.5 Obtain pass key from Group member.

                                         ~

9.2.2.6 Instruct the appropriate group members to I refer to the appropriate procedure for ( guidance on sample preparation and handling.

                                                                                                                            ~

l Sample Procedure No. l Liquid (EP-241) Sample Preparation and ,

                                                                                                                                     ^

Handling of Highly 4 j Radioactive Liquid Samples l l l1 , i t i

                             =                     = - _ - _ = = _ _. - .. _ : = = _ = = _                       ::= =
  • a% 44-4..++= ..6,=4 - . - - - . w e,%, - --mm- * - = = = = * * *%d-* " " * -*W**"-"****e- * * ' * " " ' " * * * * ' * " ~ ~ ~ ~

I- . EP-231.Rav. 3

                                   ,                                                                                                     Paga 13 of 42 TJY/jmv g

Sample Procedure No. Iodine (EP-242) Sample Pre'paration and

            -                                                                   (Particulate)                       Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate Filters and Iodine Cartridges Gas (EP-243)                         Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples
       ' - ~'

9.2.2.7 Obtain and review ALL Data Sheets and report the sample results to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader and attach all Data Sheets to Appendix EP-230-2. 9.2.3 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group members shall: 9.2.3.1 Complete the approprjate Appendix Data . Sheet (s) when applicable. 9.2.3.2 Prepare, handle, and analyze _the sample

                                                                               . using the appropriate procedure.
        .                                                  9.2.3.3-            Report the results to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader.

9.2.3.4 Return all sampling equipment to the CHEMISTRY EMERGENCY CABINET.

10.0 REFERENCES

( '10.1 EP-230 - Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation L

10.2 M-102 - General Arrangement Plan at El. 217'-0" l- 10.3 M-30, Rev. 3 - Post Accident Sampling P&ID l 10.4 M-42, Proposed Rev. 34 - Nuclear Boiler Vessel /

Instrumentation . !. l 10.5' M-51, Sht. 1 - Rev. 31, Sht. 2 - Rev. 31, Residual i Heat Removal P&ID } l t ( l _ .. 2[_2

                                                                                                                                    ~
                                                                     '           ^
                                , ~.- . - . __ . - __ _ _ , _ .,_ . . __ _, _ ,, C'. ! ,_. ._ ,_ J, C7_$_ _,_,, [1                             S[,...._,_...,,,                             [_. -
        . . . . . .                   ..               ..     . . . . . .. -~.              . . ..- - - - .           .~     .                            .
          - I-                                                                                              EP-231 Rsv. 3 Paga 14 of 42 TJY/jmv
           'l                            10.6      M Sht. 1 - Proposed Rev. 33, Containment Atmosphere Control P&ID 10.7      M1-D24-200 1, Vol. I & II, GEK83344, Operation and Maintenance Instructions - PASS, Vol. I & II 10.8      A-107, Rev. 30, Architectural Floor Plan at Elevation                                                     -

217'-0".

 #       6 9 e eg e

1- . O e O r

                                                                                                                                                               .o
                                                                                                                                                            -==

p ,

            .l                                '

EP-231 Rav. 3 Appendix 1 Page 15 of 42

            -l                                                        APPENDIX EP-231-1 *

{ i l PROCEDURE FOR DRAINING THE TRAP, SUMP AND COLLECTOR

  • b l 1. Ensure that the nitrogen supply valves are open and that the pressure is set at 100 psig by opening the following valves:
 ;           l.                                 N2 Bottle 1             Unit 1         Demin Water Tank PCV-30-074 ,             30-1114          30-0017
, , _ , ,                                       30-0022 l                                       or                    or l                                  N2 Bottle 2             Unit 2 PCV-30-073              30-2114 30-0023 l 2. Ensure that'the Demineralized Flush Water Tank OOT 945 is. full and-is pressurized at 100 psig and the Valves (30-0014, 30-1100 (30-2100) are open to the sample station.

If not, open valves 30-0011 and 30-0015, verify that valve 30-

      ,t 0014 is open, remove the plug on the Hydro Test Tap by valve 30-0015, and SLOWLY open valve 30-0010. Continue flow until water appears at the test tap.. Close valve 30-0010 FIRST, then close valves 30-0011 and 30-0015. Replace the Test Tap plug and secure.
3. Verify that the damper is open to Secondary Containment. .
                      <4 .               Check that FCV-627 is open and if it is not, use the knob adjacent to PCV-627 on the control panel to have a 15 psi reading on the gauge.

A GOOD WAY TO BE SURE THAT THE DISCHARGE LINE IS OPEN IS TO , ESTABLISH A FLOW THRU FCV-627 BECAUSE THIS FLOW CAN BE OBSERVED ! AT THE CONTROL PANEL CN FLOW INDICATOR FI-664. l S. Turn all control panel suitches "OFF" (except HC-723, place in , position 4 " SPARE") and then TURN the Control Panel Power Selector Switch BC-600 to "A" (Alternate "B"). {y l 6.- Drain Collector Tank, Trap and Sump by turning Switch BC-715-1 , clockwise through its eight positions pausing approximately 5 ,_ l seconds at each position. l

        ,
  • For multiple PASS samples, it is not necessary to perform l '

Appendix EP-231-1 twice in.a row. l 3

     *7        + , - - . - * - . , - - - - -                   --4.-b      .-.,5,.-rm                               - - - - -

EP-231 Rav. 3

            -                                                                       Appendix 1 Page 16 of 42 APPENDIX EP-231-1 PROCEDURE FOR DRAINING THE TRAP, SOMP AND COLLECTOR (CONT)
7. Turn all' switches-(except for HC-723 which is left in position
4) to their "OFF" position. (Leave HC-600 in the ON position if more samples are to be taken).-
8. If no more samples are to be taken, close nitrogen supply valves '

opened in Step No. l. .

                                                                                                                   ~
    ~ ~'" 9. Close FCV-627 by setting PCV-627 to O psig.
10. If no more samples are to be taken, close the damper to Secondary Containment.
11. If no more samples are to be taken, close the Demin Water Tank valves opened in Step No. 2.

e I l .3 i E l L i [

                   --.       ...       -.         . -     -.  .==_=-:=-=_= .                              .= = =
 =                                                                                                                                             s
     ,                                  ,m         . . , .         -            -        -- *--   ' * * * * ' * ' " ' '
                                                                                                  '                         ' " ' ""~

l EP-231 Rev. 3 Appendix 2 17 of 42 TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-2 PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A 14.4 ML GAS SAMPLE

1. Drain _the' system per Appendix EP-231-1.
              -l     2. With the Drain System Switch (HC-715-1) in the "OFF" position,                                                 

place Switch BC-700 (liquid / gas selector) in the " GAS" position. Ensure N2 bottle valves are open and regulated to approximately l 100 psig. Ensure the Chiller E-703 is on. Quickly inspect the - needle in the gas _ port to determine that its condition is

   . _,                    satisfactory for obtaining a sample.
3. If a particulate / iodine sample will be obtained later, make sure that the desired filter cartridges are properly installed in the cartridge retainer. Install the gas filter drawer into position. Verify that the " CARTRIDGE IN" light is green.
4. Turn Switch BC-723 (GAS SAMPLE SELECTOR SWITCH) to the desired sample location: ,

POSITION LOCATION 1 Drywell Atmosphere , 2 Suppression Pool Atmosphere ' Secondary Containment Atmosphere 3 4 Spare ( 5. Open the respective Reactor system valve in the gas sample line as follows: SAMPLE LOCATION SWITCH SWITCH NAME POSITION l

  • Upper Drywell ATM. ESS-57-146(246) Sup Pool /Drywell DRYWELL I

(291') Air To Post ACDT Samp

  • Lower Drywell ATM. HSS-57-147(247) Sup Pool /Drywell DRYWELL (242') Air To Post l ACDT Samp
  • Suppression Pool ATM. ESS-57-147(247) Sup Pool /Drf all SUPP POOL .F
                      .(222') (250 Deg Azimuth                                                                   Air To Post                 -

from North) ACDT Samp

  • Suppression Pool ATM. ESS-57-146(246) Sup Pool /Drywell SUPP POOL .

(222') (70 Deg Azimuth Air To Post - from North) ACDT Samp l Secondary Containment No Line-up Necessary ATM. l-

  • Verify that the light changes from green to red.

7 - . - - . - - . - - -

c - .~

  . . . .,,          -         . . -          - -.        ---.        --                     --               - ~ - - - - - --"

l EP-231 Rev. 3 Appendix 2 18 of 42 TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-2 PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A 14.4 ML GAS SAMPLE (CONT) l 6. Place a standard 14.4 milliliter off gas vial into the gas vial . positioner, slide the positioner into the gas port. Observe

             -l         that the " Bottle In" status light changes from red to green.                    If the light does not change to green, reposition the bottle.

l 7. Turn the "15 ml Gas Sample Switch" HC-705 to position 2 and

  . - _ , _             circulate gas for a period long enough to assure that the sample                                      "

lines are' flushed out With gas being sampled. The minimum time required is 5 minutes. l Be sure that.the flow as read by the rotameter (FI-725) thru the sample enclosure window is in the expected range of 11.8 to 16.5 Record flow and flush duration on data sheet. SLPM. l 8. Turn.BC-705 to position 3 and evacuate the off gas vial. Record pressure PI-708 of the evacuated vial on the data sheet. Make sure the vacuum in the gas vial reaches a stable minimum reading.

9. Turn BC-705 to position 4, "TAKE SAMPLE". Verify that pressure -

(PI-708) does not change significantly.- If the pressure changes significantly, it may indicate a system leak. Therefore, turn

Switch BC-705 counter clockwise to position 2. Remove the sample vial and place in a plactic bag for transportation to the hot lab. Place _a new 14.4 ml off gas sample vial into the gas positioner and return to Step 5.

l'10.' Press the HC-720 button to obtain the sample. Keep button depressed until a steady pressure is reached (approximately 5 - seconds). Record pressure from PI-708 on data sheet. This pressure should correspond to actual pressure of sample being l l obtained. Record sample temperature from TI-724 on data sheet. l l -l ll.' Turn-HC-705 to position 5 " FLUSH SYSTEM" and flush for l approximately 1 minute. l l 12. Turn HC-705 clockwise to "OFF". l- ~l 13. Turn Switch BSS-57-146 or HSS-57-147 (if opened is Step 4) to . I . the CLOSE position. l l

                                                                                                                                          )

l EP-231 Rav. 3

                 .         .                                                                                       Appendix 2 19 of 42 APPENDIX EP-231-2
                                    . PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A 14.4 ML GAS SAMPLE (CONT) l.14. Wearing cotton liners and gloves, and observing ALARA practices,
                        -withdraw the gas vial positioner and immediately have the HP
                           -technician survey the gas sample vial and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate on the Data Sheet. Keep the vial at the maximum distance from the individual and quickly insert the sample bottle into the gas vial cask. Close and latch the gas
   , -~ ~~                   vial cask. Put a stopper or the gas vial positioner back into the port in the sample station.

l 15. Turn the Chiller E-703 off.

             ' l 16. Drain the system per Appendix EP-231-1.

t h 1 e

     ,r,-      ,      , . . , . _ .   .   . . . _ . . . . _ _;.._    2, 2 c, ;. . ..     ,_1___: r_rtn. _. .rr.   .____C.-    ' - ^7:, -
                       ~                                                                    . . _ _ .      - - . _ _ .
. 9.. _ . . _ . . _
     .N-e'           *
                                                                           >l   j
            .l                                                          ,/

i EP-231 R3v. 3 Appendix 2 20 of 42 TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-2

       's -

PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A 14.4 ML GAS SAMPLE (CONT)

         .                                   Data Sheet for 14.4 ML Gas Sample DESIRED ANALYSIS                                                                                           ..

a A._

                                                .                                                                                                                  )
               . . .                                C.
1. Sample Source- Date Time
2. Sample Flow , FI-725 (SLPM)
3. Flush Duration (Min.)
4. Absolute Pressure of Vial ?I-708 (PSIA) [
                                                                                                                                                                   \
5. Final Sample Pressure PI-708 (PSIA)

J

6. Sample Temperature TI-724 (F) -

i

7. Calculated Sample Volume (ML)

V = (14.7)(14.4) (T F + 460) - (530) (P PSIA)

8. Initial Contact Dose Rate (mR)

D I Name 'j

                               ,'                                       \_,_ _ _                _.                           _ _ _ . .       . _ _

i lC 3 t EP-231 Rav. 3 l

                           ~
                                                     .                                                                    Appandix 3
                                                                                                ,                        Page 21 of 42                    .
                                            ;, ,                                                                                     TJY/jmv               l 33 9                               ,

yg.-t- .q\- g

    "( !   .

1 j- APPENDIX EP-231-3 , 1

         . ,                           *" ,, PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING IODINE / PARTICULATE SAMPLE
1. Drain the system per Appendix EP-231-1 l 2. Verify that EC-715-1 DRAIN SYSTEM - SWITCH is in the "OFF" position. Place, Switch HC-700 (LIQUID / GAS SELECTOR) in the
                                   " GAS" position.                                                                                                       !
3. If the gas filter. drawer is already in place and there is any doubt:about the desired filters being in place, pull the drawer and check the filter cartridge (s). Put the desired filter .

cartridge (s) into the cartridge; retainer, put the cartridge  ! retainer into the gas filter drawer and put the drawer into the

                  'l              sample station and verify that the " CARTRIDGE IN" light is y                   _ green.            If no,t, reposition the drawer.
4.  : Decide whether a timed or non-timed sample is desired and
                     'j            record.              Generally speaking, if a high activity condition exists or l's suspected, a timed sample should be taken. For a timed                                                           l sample, set the' Timer KC-712 between the range of 0 to 30 sec6nds. Select a low enough time so that the. activity on the
t. filter cartridge will not be unnecessarily'high and cause special handling problems.' Observe the RI-704 reading to determine.if there is a rapid activity buildup. Set the Switch HC-704 located to the left of the timer labeled TIME SAMPLE on either YES or NO.

5.- Check that.the nitrogen supply system is operating with pressure .

     .                            at 100 psig.
     , , . l l 6.                 Ensure the Chiller E-703 is ON.

, .3

                 . l 7.          Turn the GAS SAMPLE SELECTOR SWITCH (3C-723) to the desired 2
                                - sample source.'
                                                                    \

SAMPLE SOURCE POSITION Drywell Atmosphere ~' l t-1 Suppression Pool Atmosphere 2 t lSecondaryContainmentcAtmosphere 3 sSpare 4 s

        )L      '
                                                                      . )
                                                                                - - . - _ - -                 --*~~ ~
                                                                                                                            ~~~~ ~ , - ~ ~
                                                                                                                          ^

[; .,

                                                              < ,Y W -

x4 . _ . . - - . _ l  :/[ ' EP-231 Rav. 3

                            /-  '

App 2ndix 3

  ~

Page 22 of 42 TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-3 , PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING IODINE / PARTICULATE SAMPLE (CONT)

8. 'Open the respective Reactor system valve in the gas sample line for the appropriate sample as follows:

SAMPLE LOCATION ,

                                                           ' SWITCH                    SWITCH NAME            POSITION
                 ~ ' '
  • Upper Drywell ATM. HSS-57-146(246) Sup Pool /Drywell DRYWELL (291') Air To Post ACDT Samp
  • Lower Drywell ATM. HSS-57-147(247) Sup Pool /Drywell DRYWELL (242') Air To Post y ACDT Samp
  • Suppression Pool ATM.-ESS-57-147(247) Sup Pool /Drywell SUPP POOL (222') (250 Deg Azimuth Air To Post from North) ACDT Samp
  • Suppression Pool ATM. HSS-57-146(246) Sup Pool /Drywell SUPP POOL (222') (70 Deg Azimuth Air To Post i

from North) ACDT Samp l Secondary-Containment No Line-up Necessary ATM. - l-* Verify that.the light changes from green to red. l 1 l l 9. Turn the IODINE CARTRIDGE SAMPLE SWITCH HC-712 to position 2 and circulate gas for a period long enough to assure that the sample b lines are flushed out with the gas being sampled. Minimum flush l time is approximately 5 minutes.. Record the flush time on the i data sheet. l L l*10. Be sure the flow as read by the rotometer which is visible thru the window in the sample station enclosure is in the expected range of 11.8 to 16.5 slpm. Record the flow (FI-725), j

temperature (TI-724) and pressure (PI-726 and PI-727) on the 'y h -data sheet. The two pressure gages (PI-726 and PI-727), as read l L thru.the window, should be the same.

STEPS 10-AND 11 MUST BE DONE IN CONJUNCTION WITH EACH OTHER -

  ",              -l 11. Turn HC-712 to position 3.                    The sample gas will start to flow through the filter cartridge. On the DATA SHEET record PI-727, PI-726, FI-725, the flow duration in seconds and RI-704.

zu _ Z Trin

n_ _ __ _ __. - . - _ _ -- - - - - - - - -

             .l                                                                                EP-231 Rsv. 3
                          ,                                                                        Appendix 3 Page 23 of 42 TJY/jmv
    !                                                    APPENDIX EP-231-3                   ,

PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING IODINE / PARTICULATE SAMPLE (CONT) l 12. After the timer has timed out for a timed sample or after the predetermined time has elapsed for a non-timed sample, turn Selector Switch BC-712 to position 4 for 10 seconds to evacuate the filter cartri.dge. A vacuum will be quickly drawn on the system. - l 13. Turn Switch HC-712 to position 5 which will admit a nitrogen

  ,                       flush through the filter cartridge to remove Krypton and Xenon gases. This purge should last approximately.20 seconds or until RI-704 is stable.          Record the final radiation, RI-704.
14. Rotate HC-712 clockwise to the "OFF" position. Turn other switches (except BC-600) to the "OFF" positions. Remove cartridge retainer and immediately survey the cartridge retainer ,

and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate on the Data Sheet and l put'the cartridge retainer in a plastic bag. Tape bags closed. If available, install a new cartridge retainer complete with filter paper and iodine cartridges. Put drawer back into sample .. enclosure. Place the sample into a transport cask. l 15. Turn Switch HSS-57-146 or HSS-57-147 opened in Step 7 to the CLOSE position. a l 16. Turn the Chiller E-703 off. l 17. Drain the system per Appendix EP-231-1. l l l

                  -i
                                                                                                                      /

g

                                                                                                                                 )

4VL .

                                                                                                            '      1 x.1.,   .---         - .    -     -      - - - -            --          - - - -         -  - - -
                                                                                                       ---W    '

ll- r EP-231 Rav. 3 Appendix 3 Page 24 of 42

  ~>.                                                                                             TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-3
    .(                    PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING IODINE / PARTICULATE SAMPLE (CONT)

Data Sheet for Iodine / Particulate Sample DESIRED ANALYSIS A. B. ESTIMATED SAMPLING TIME

1. Sample Source Date Time
2. Orifice Size 3.0
3. Timed Sample Yes or No
4. Flush Time in Minutes -'

f

5. . Sample Flow FI-725-(not thru cartridge) (slpm)
6. Temperature TI-724 (F) 7.. Pressure PI-726 (PSIG) t
8. Pressure PI 727 (PSIG)
9. . Pressure PI-726 (critical flow thru cartridge) (PSIG)
10. Pressure PI-727 (PSIG)
                                                                                                                )
11. Flow FI-725 (scfh) l 12. Flow Duration seconds l 13. Radiation RI-704 (mR/hr) l
14. Final Radiation RI-704 (ar/hr)
              ,15. Initial Contact Dose Rate                      (mR)                                         :

NOTE: When critical flow is obtained through the cartridoe  % assembly, a flow of 3.0 lite ~rs per minute +15% is achieved. This is true as long as PI-727 Is at a minimum of 12 inches mercury vacuum. - Name j k.^

                                                                               ~.. = = = =__ ----_---___ = 0
          .f                                                                                    EP-231 Rav. 3 Appendix 4 Page 25 of 42
        ,                                                                                                     TJY/jmv
f. APPENDIX EP-231-4 PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A SMALL VOLUME LIQUID SAMPLE IF A SAMPLE IS TO BE OBTAINED FROM THE JET PUMP (JET PUMP 4 SENSING LINE), THERE EXISTS THE POSSIBILITY OF EXCESS FLOW CEECK VALVE XV-42-lF059E TRIPPING WHICE WILL REQUIRE MANUAL RESETTING BY OPERATIONS. THE ALARMS ARE LOCATED ON LOCAL' PANEL 10C228 (20C228)

AND MAIN CONTROL BOARD ANNUNCIATOR 1BC802-35 (2BC802-35) (EXCESS - FLOW CHECK VALVE OPERATED PANEL C228). IF AT ANY TIME WHILE

  '        l SAMPLING AN INDICATION OF DECREASING FLOW (FCV627 on FI-664).AND/OR DECREASING PRESSURE (PI661). IS NOTICED, CONTACT THE CONTROL ROOM AND REQUEST MONITORING OF THESE ANNUNCIATORS.
             '1.      Drain the system per Appendix EP-231-1.

l 2. Load the syringe with 10cc of demineralized water. Place the stopcock on the syringe and load the assembly onto the injection port. . l 3. Remove lead stopper and carrying handle from the small cask by unscrewing it and lifting it out. Leave stopper near by. - l 4. Make certain the lead shielding drawer is out so that the needles under the sample station enclosure are exposed. Quickly I inspect the needles with a mirror and flashlight. Check that 11 the shaft of the needle is towards the center of the sample vial. l

5. Put a wide mouth liquid sample bottle with an outer aluminum retainer. ring and septum into the small volume cask. Check that i

the. bottle lifting lever is free to move up and down. The l- bottle must' fit snugly in the holder and be vertically aligned. If the bottle does not fit snugly, use a small pad of rubber or felt,-thick enough to hold vial against the upper' yoke of the vial holder and/or attach the bottle to the vial holder with Velco tape. l 6. Check that the small volume cask is in the cask positioner, and that both are hanging from the hooks below the sample station. CAUTION: THE LEAD SHIELDING DRAWER WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 70 POUNDS. b: ~ . - ~ . . _ _ . . . _ - . . , - .

a ' n M.,  :.; . . . . - - - . - - - i EP-231, Rov. 3

          ,    ,                                                                                Appendix 4 5

Page 26 of 42 TJY/jmy APPENDIX EP-231-4 1 PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A SMALL VOLUME LIQUID SAM'LE P (CONT) l 7. LSwing the cask into position under the sample station and lock the arms of the cask holder so the cask and bottle will remain -* in position. l 8. Close PCV-627 by turning counterclockwise.

                                 ~
 . ~~~ l  9. To check the fit and operation of the sample vial without                                                                -

bringing a hot sample into the system, turn HC-616-1 SMALL VOLUME SAMPLE switch to position 3 (FLUSH LOOP). l 10. With control panel power on and all other switches in the up and "OFF" position, set Switch HC-700 to the " LIQUID" position and Liquid Sample Selector Switch HC-626 to position 2 (Jet Pump Line) if a jet pump sample is desired or to position 4 (RPV or

              -Suppression Pool) if the Reactor valves were set for a RER sample. Adust PCV-627 so that the flow thru FCV-627 does not exceed 1 gpm (See FI-664).

Also, if a RHa sample is desired, close the normal RHR sample lines by placing the respective switch in the following _ position: SAMPLE LOCATION SWITCH SWITCH NAME POSITION "A" RER HS-51-199A(299A) RER Ex Normal CLOSE Sample ISLN Loop A - c.

"B" RHR. ES-51-199B(299B) RHR Ex Normal CLOSE  ;

l Sample ISLN l Loop B l i ! 11. Raise the sample bottle into position on the needles by moving the lift rod on the side of the cask. l l 12. Screw the lift rod in to hold the sample bottle in the engaged L position. Note: If the vial does not clear the entry hole, l lower the vial and rotate the small volume cask about 1/8" in - either direction. If it still does not fit either the liquid vial positioner fixture or liquid tray positioner needs

              -adjustment. Note: The green light for the small volume sample                                                            -

should be on. If the light remains red, unscrew the lift rod, lower the bottle and reposition. l 13. Turn HC-616-1 to the OFF position. l 5

                                                                                 ,,.nn.-..        --n.            - . ~             .
                                                     . . ~ . - -       - . - . ~
       ,n         _

ll EP-231, Rav. 3

                            ,                                                                                                   Appendix 4 Page 27 of 42 TJY/jmy I

APPENDIX EP-231-4 PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A SMALL VOLUME LIOUID SAMbLE (CONT) l 14. Turn Liquid Sample Selector Switch BC-626 to position 1 (Jet Pump Line on Bypass) for a sample from the jet pump line or to position 5 (RPV at Sup'n Pool on Bypass) for a sample from the - RER line. Adjust PCV-627 so that the flow thru FCV-627 does not exceed 1 gpm. -(See FI-664) Continue this flow thru bypass valve CV-626 for a long enough period to be assured that the ' sample lines are flushed. The minimum time required to do this is 7 minutes. Record the flow and flush time on the data sheet. - 4 l 15. After flush is completed, turn Switch HC-626 to position 2 (for jet pump sample) or position 4 (for RER sample). Note that the flow on Indicator FI-664 is greatly reduced. Adjust Valve FCV-

                ]           627 for a flow of 0.3 gpm, using PCV-627 (see FI-664).

l 16. Record the following on the data sheet:

                         ' Flow (FI-664 )

Pressure (PI-661) Temperature (TI-660) f Conductivity (CI-663) Radiation (RI-665) l 17. Turn Small Volume Liquid Selector HC-616-1 to "TAKE SAMPLE" position (position 1). Valve CV-616 will rotate and carry the [ sample into alignment with the line to the sample bottle. Wait for Valve CV-616 light to come on. _ i l 18. Open both stopcocks on the syringe and inject 10cc of water into the line. Close the syringe stopcock. Remove the syringe and l , fill'it with air. Reattach the syringe, open the stopcock and inject the air, then close the stopcock and remove the syringe. 1.19. Unscrew the lift rod and lower the sample bottle. l.20. Turn the Switch BC-616-1 (small volume satiple sw) to the FLUSH LOOP position (3). Make sure there is enough flow by adjusting l PCV-627 so that it is set to at least 15 psig (see FI-664). Flush'for 5 minutes and/or until RI-665 reaches a minimum. l l 21. When the flush is complete, turn HC-626 (Liquid Sample Source Selector Switch) "OFF" FIRST and then HC-616-1 to "OFF" i (position 2). l 22 Verify Switch BS-51-199A(299A) or HS-51-199B(299B) is in the l CLOSE position. 1 l

                                               ~

i r I

                                                 .-_.,r., .: i . ;;., ; .J.~ ~ , , . . . .
~T._.~. ;: .. ZK:LL~ ~' , _ ai ~:
                                                                                                                                       .-.,7.'.L~^.'~~~'*~CL.+

_ _ _.. u.:.., = __ _ ._. . _ . . .. . _ - . . _ - . - - - - _ . - - - l' EP-231, Rsv. 3

            ,                                                                        Appendix 4 Page 28 of 42
       .                                                                                       TJY/jmy I

APPENDIX EP-231-4 PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A SMALL VOLUME LIQUID SAMPLE (CONT) l 23. Unlock the arms of the cask holder and swing the cask out.

24. Slide the lead shield drawer back into the enclosure to cover --

the opening for the needles and immediately survey the vial and replace the lead stopper. l 25. Transport the sample to the Hot Lab by removing both the

   , -l           positioner and cisk and transporting together or if only the cas!: is desired, unscrew the lift rod out and transport only the cask.

l 26. Drain the system per Appendix EP-231-1.

                                                                                                                      ==
  • i i

l I o t

l EP-231, Rav. 3 Appendix 4

 ~

Page 29 of 42 TJY/jmy APPENDIX EP-231-4 s ' PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A SMALL VOLUME LIQUID SAMPLE (CONT) Data Sheet for Small Volume Liquid Sample DESIRED ANALYSIS A.

                                                      .         B.

C. D. E.

1. Sample Source Da,te Time  ;
2. Bypass Flow FI-664 (gpm)
                                                                                                                                                    ~
3. Flush Time Minutes
4. Sample Flow FI-664 (gpm) .
5. Pressure PI-661.(psig)
6. Temperature TI-660 (F)
                                                                                                                                                      ~
7. Conductivity Scale CI-663 -

l L 8. Radiation RI-665 (mR/hr)

9. Initial Contact Dose Rate (mR) a l

l Name $ i l

                                                                                                                               ~
               ~                  . - - -   -,
                                                           *         '^
                                                          ,,..,,.,,,~'73%'-,.        ,L_.--.   .._~,-,..,AX,_._'.                 .Y,      . $. . N , ,.
          'l l                                                                  EP-231 Rsv. 3
               ,     ,                                                              Appandix 5 Page 30 of 42 TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-5 i

PROCEDURE-FOR OBTAINING A LARGE VOLUME LIQUID' SAMPLE

                                           'AND/OR A DISSOLVED GAS SAMPLE IF A SAMPLE IS TO BE OBTAINED FROM THE JET PUMP (JET PUMP 4 SENSING LINE), THERE EXISTS THE POSSIBILITY OF EXCESS FLOW CHECK VALVE XV-                        ,-

42-lF059H TRIPPING WHICH WILL REQUIRE MANUAL RESETTING BY OPERATIONS.- THE ALARMS ARE LOCATED ON LOCAL PANEL 10C228 AND MAIN CONTROL BOARD ANNUNCIATOR 1BC802-35 (EXCESS FLOW CHECK VALVE OPERATED PANEL C228). IF AT ANY TIME WHILE SAMPLING AN INDICATION l OF DECREASING FLOW (FCV627 on FI-664) AND/OR DECREASING PRESSURE' ,

   ' - 1PI661) - IS NOTICED, CONTACT THE CONTROL ROOM AND REQUEST MONITORING OF THESE ANNUNCIATORS.

9

1. Drain the system per Appendix EP-231-1. *
2. If a dissolved gas sample is to be taken open the tracer' gas bottle valve and regulate to 2-3 psig. Record pressure. Also, open the Krypton supply valve 30-1113(-2113).

l 3. _Make certain the lead shield drawer is out so that the needles under the sample station enclosure are exposed. Quickly inspect the. needles with a mirror and flashlight. Check that the longest part of the needle is toward the center of the sample vial. 4 l 4. Remove lead' stopper from large volume cask and put a 15 ML sample bottle with aul outer aluminum retainer ring and a neoprene _ cap into the large cask. Note sample bottle must fit

                         -snugly in the holder and be vertically aligned. If necessary, place small pad under sample vial and/or attach the vial to the                -

holder.with Velco Tape. With cask in fully lowered position, roll cask into position under the sample station. l 5. Close PCV-627 by turning counterclockwise. l 6. Using the hydraulic pump slowly raise the cask, checking for proper alignment. Stop pumping when top cask ring is inside and the large volume cask is $ust below the bottom of the sample station. l l ' l 7. To check the fit and operation of the sample vial without i bringing a hot sample into the system, turn HC-616-1 SMALL l VOLUME' SAMPLE switch to position 3 (FLOSH LOOP). i i l I

                                                                                                -.___d

a

  ;_~.                 _ _ .      . _ _ _ .     --        - - - - -           - - - -   - - ---              -              - - - - - -
               -l                                                                                       EP-231 Rsv. 3
                  ,   ..                                                                                       Appendix 5
  • Page 31 of 42
             .                                                                                                      TJY/jmv APPENDIX-EP-231-5 PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A LARGE VOLUME LIQUID SAMPLE AND/OR A DISSOLVED GAS SAMPLE (CONT)

! 8. Place the gas vial in'the holder and insert into the dissolved l

.                            gas sarple point.

l 9. With control panel power on and all.other switches in the up and "OFF" position, set Switch HC-700 to the liquid position, and

         . - ~               Liquid Sample Selector Switch HC-626 to position 2 if a jet pump sample is desired or to position 4 if the Reactor valves were set for a RER sample. Adjust PCV-627 so that the flow thru FCV-627 does not exceed 1 gym (see FI-664). Note that the dissolved gas sample light turns green. If it does not, readjust the vial position.-                                                                           ,

l 10. Push the plunger down which causes the sample bottle to be raised out of the cask and up onto the two needles. Note that - the " bottle in" light will change from red to green. If the cask is not aligned properly, lower bottle and reposition cask.

               -!.11. Make certain that HC-616-1 (Small Volume Sample Switch) is in the ",OFF" position.

l'12. Turn the Liquid Samp'le Source Selector Switch HC-626 to position 1 for jet pump bypass line sample or 5 for RER sample. If RER sample is desired, close the sample line valves to the normal sample station: SAMPLE LOCATION SWITCH POSITION "A" RER HS-51-199A(299A) CLOSE "B" RER HS-51-199B(299B) CLOSE 7 l 13. FI-664 on control panel should be approximately 1 gpm. PI-66'1, ! TI-660, CI-663 and RI-665 should start to have meaningful l values. l 14. Adjust PCV-627 so that the flow on FI-664 does not exceed 1 gpm. Continue this flow for a long enough period (at least 7 minutes) to be assured that the sample lines are flushed out with liquid being sampled. RECORD THE FLOW FROM FI-664 AND FLUSH TIME ON DATA SHEET. ( l 15. When flush is completed, turn HC-626 Sample Source Selector Switch to position 2 for a jet pump sample or position 4 if I' _. ._ . _ . _ - - _ _ m

7-

  .___.a          -     . _ _ . -   _ _ . - . _ . ___. ..._ _-         - _ . .           _         . . _ _ .           _._.___..v._

l ', . , EP-231 Rav. 3

                ,                                                                                                  Appendix 5
  .                                                                                                             Page 32 of 42 TJY/jmv
         ^

APPENDIX EP-231-5 a-PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A LARGE VOLUME LIQUID SAMPLE AND/OR A DISSOLVED GAS SAMPLE (CONT)

                      ' Reactor valves were positioned for a RER sample.                                       Adjust FCV-627 l           for a flow of 0.3 gpm (see FI-664).

l 16. Turn the Dissolved Gas and Liquid Sample System Switch HC-601 to position 1 and observe that P-701 starts and Valve CV-622 rotates. . l 17.HTurn Switch BC-601 to position 2. Observe that P-601 starts. l 18. Record the following on the data sheet: Flow (FI-664)

                                                                                                                                                 ~

Pressure (PI-661) Temperature (TI-660) t Conductivity (CI-663) , 4 Radiation (RI-665) l 19. Turn Switch RC-601 to position 3 to isolate the sample and start the' dissolved gas separator. Leave in this position for approximately 10 seconds. l 20.~IF IT IS NOT DESIRABLE TO INTRODUCE TRACER GAS, TURN HC-601 TO POSITION 5 QUICKLY AND VALVE WILL NOT ROTATE. PROCEED TO STEP 25. l 21. Turn EC-601 to position 4 to inject tracer gas into valve CV- , 615. When the valve is rotated during the next step the tracer l gas trapped in the passage of the ball valve will be inserted in l the sample flow loop. Leave in this position for approximately i 10 seconds. Read and record the tracer gas supply system l pressure so tracer gas can be accurately calculated. The flow l of tracer gas should be very small so that pressure drops in the line and valves will be insignificant.  ! l 22. Turn EC-601 to position 5. Let some of the dissolved gas separate from the liquid. , l 23. Read and record initial pressure PI-662 as P-0. l " NOTE" STEPS 24, 25 AND 26 REQUIRE PROPER TIMING l 24. Turn EC-601 to position 6 for no.more than 5 seconds. l l i ._ _ _. _ . _ . _ _ _ . _ _ . _ ,_ __ _

. l EP-231 Rsv. 3

                   .                                                                     Appendix 5 Page 33 of 42 TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-5 PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A LARGE VOLUME LIOUID SAMPLE AND/OR A DISSOLVED GAS SAMPLE (CONT) d
25. Turn HC-601 to position 7 for 10 seconds and record the pressure (from PI-662) as P-1.

l 26. Turn HC-601 to position 8 for no more than 5 seconds. 3 i . l _j.27. Turn HC-601 to position 9 to get ready to take the dissolved gas sample or to relieve the collection chamber pressure. Pump P-601 will stop so that if the relieve pressure option is next exercised record PI-662 as P2 on data sheet as this is the pressure of the liquid sample loop. f l 28. Dissolved gas sample? YES __ PROCEED TO STEP 29 , NO PROCEED TO STEP 30

i. l-29. To take the dissolved gas sample, Switch HC-652 will be used.

When_HC-652 is turned clockwise to gas sample, the pressure as * (" indicated by PI-662 will decrease while the dissolved gas is drawn into sample bottle. Turn HC-652 to gas sample and hold .

l- for at least 10 seconds until PI-662 is very steady. Release i HC-652. Turn HC-652 again to gas sample.

! l pressure and read PI-662. Release HC-652. . Record Verify equalized the steady l pressure as P3 reading on the data sheet. Proceed to Step 34. l 30. As an alternate to Step 28, when a dissolved gas sample is not desired, it is only necessary to relieve the gas pressure back , to the suppression pool by rotating Switch HC-652 counter l clockwise to relieve pressure position and hold it while watching PI-662. The pressure will equalize rapidly. ( l 31. Large Volume Sample? , YES __ PROCEED TO STEP 32 NO __ PROCEED TO STEP 33 l 32. If a large volume '. quid sample is desired, turn HC-601 to , l position 10. EC-629-1 must 2e pushed and held for 10 seconds l for liquid to be drawn into the sample bottle. Proceed to Step I 37.. l 33. If a large liquid sample is not desired, turn Switch HC-601 to

        ,                the "OFF" position very quickly so that Valve CV-620 will not rotate and no radioactive liquid will be in the line ahead of                                                    '

CV-629. e

                                                               ~
                                                                                                  ._,.. .__ , , _ _ , _ _ _ . ~

T l EP-231 R2v. 3 Appendix 5 Page 34 of 42 TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-5 PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A LARGE VOLUME LIQUID SAMPLE AND/OR A DISSOLVED GAS SAMPLE (CONT) l 34. Turn HC-601 to "OFF". - l'35. Lower liquid sample bottle into large cask by pulling up on the plunger handle. Note: Do not c' urn or twist bottle while it is on the needles because the needles will bend. -

      ' ~'

l '36. Lower the cask on the cart by relieving hydraulic oil pressure with the small petcock handle on the hydraulic cylinder. l 37. Slide the lead shield drawer back into the enclosure to cover opening for the needles. l 38. Roll the cask out from under the sample station and immediately survey the liquid vial and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate - on the Data Sheet. Quickly plug cask. Use RI-665 to determine Gross Activity of the sample. , 39..Open and place gas vial carrying cask near sample st'ation. _ Remove gas vial positioner from sample enclosure and immediately

      ;                   survey the gas vial and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate on the Data Sheet. Keep the vial at maximum distance from the individual and insert sample bottle into the gas vial cask.

Close and latch the gas vial cask. - l 40.-Perform a flush of the liquid system with Switch HC-628-1 per Appendix EP-231-6. t

                                                                                                             .y
  ,,         .        L             -      '

l E'P-231 R3v. 3

                   ' '                                                                                                      Appendix 5 F49e 35 of 42 TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-5 l                                PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A LARGE VOLUME LIQUID SAMPLE AND/OR A DISSOLVED GAS SAMPLE ICONT)

DATA SHEET DESIRED ANALYSIS

                                              . A.                                   _

B. C. D. , E. l

1. Sample Source Date Time i
2. Krypton Tracer Gas Pressure psig
                                                                        .                                                                         I

{

3. : Bypass Flow FI-664 gym Flush Time
4. Minutes * '

r

5. Sample Flow FI-664 gym r
6. Pressure PI-661 psig
7. Temperature TI-660  ;
8. Conductivity Meter Scale CI-663
9. Radiation RI-665 I l
10. Tracer Gas Supply System Pressure psig
11. Initial Pressure P-O PI-662
12. Pressure P-1 PI-662
13. Stabilized Pressure P2 PI-662
14. Sample Pressure P3 PI-662 i
         ,       l 15. Initial contact Dose Rate                              (mR) Liquid Vial.
                ' l 16. Initial Contact Dose Rate                             (mR) Gas Vial.

i w - + . . ---,ww.- -m. e.- .e 4..=--..

            , . ~ .            .          .n~.,                         - . - .                          . . , ,       .         . - ---, .                             -- -. . - - - -

y- . . l EP-231 R0v. 3

                     ':                                                                                                                        Appendix 5 Page 36 of 42 APPENDIX EP-231-5 i

PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING A LARGE VOLUME LIQUID SAMPLE AND/OR A DISSOLVED GAS SAMPLE (CONT) DATA SHEET (CONT)

16. V1 H2 (From GC) al

__.17. V2 O2 (from'GC) ,ml

18. V2 Kr (from GC) al
19. Vol % O2  % -

02 Kr Vol % O2 = (V2 .2P-o) x (P-o + 14.7) 17317 V2 Kr ,

20. Vol % H2  %

H2 Kr

                         . Vol % H2 = V1                   x (P-o + 14.7) 1                                                 17317 V2 Kr 4

! ( Name

                           - . - - . - -        - A e m'ny --- & w. .. N,- ee.N l   N., ,.,, NS$,N.,n,-- ,e. l       .k-,,.---.           -              _,,,..e,,p,-                   m.<   -

I l'4 ,.. EP-231 Re'v. 3 Appendix 6

                       .'                                                                                                   Page 37 of 42 TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-6                            .'

PROCEDURE FOR FLUSHING THE LIQUID AND DISSOLVED GAS SYSTEM

1. _ verify that the nitrogen supply is still on and the pressure is regulated to 100 psig. -
2. Verify that the domin water tank is adequately filled and pressurized to lQO poig.
          ' ~ ~

3 Make sure that FCV-627 is-open by adjusting PCV-627 to 15 psig. NEVER EXCEED 1 GPM ON FI-664

4. Switch BC-626 (Liquid Sample Source Selector Switch) must be in position 2 (jet pump) or 4 (RER) and EC-700 (Liquid or Gas Selector Switch) must be in the LIQUID position.
5. Turn the FLUSH SYSTEM SWITCH (BC-628-1) to position 2 (Start Flush) which will close the inlet sample lines and start the flush with domineralized water from 00T 945. Observe that there is a flow per FI-664.
           ,           6.           After RI-665 shows radiation has decreased significantly, or after 5 minutes, turn Switch HC-628-1 to position 3 (Flush V-610 Loop) to flush the V-610 loop.                          Watch RI-665.
7. After a few minutes, turn Switch HC-628-1 to position 4 (Flush P-601 Loop) and flush the P-601 loop. Watch RI-665.
8. After a few minutes, turn Switch HC-628-1 to pcaition 5 (Flush CV-615) and flush Valve CV-615. Watch RI-665.
9. After a few minutes, turn Switch HC-628-1 to position 6 (Flush Piping Station) and flush the piping station for 3 minutes.

10.. Turn Switch BC-628-1 to position 7 (Flush CV-622 Loop) for a few i ' minutes to flush loop CV-622. Watch RI-665.

11. Turn HC-626 to "OFF" FIRST and then HC-628-1 to "OFF".
12. If RI-665 did not indicate an acceptable radiation level at any step of the operation, go back and repeat Steps 4 thru 11.
13. Drain the system per Appendix EP-231-1.

I i

                         -           ,-.    ---,,.,-y.,r. -.,.%. -,,- .,. -  ,,.,r. . . , _ , - .-w.e.w.I   .,_eM_".--       _T*"
                                                                                                                                -    9i-,,-..mm,-w'.2,v---,, "
                                                                                                                                                                 .w--

l l EP-231 Rav. 3 Appendix 7 Page 38 of 42 TJY/jmv p APPENDIX EP-231-7 a-. -

                                                                                                                                  )>, ' $.L.r
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          .                           i I..                                     '                                                                                                                            _ _ _ _ .
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    >-l-               --   ;
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               .$             :             t=            11
                                  $g
                                                                                         ,, e                 o h.53q                                            <   ,N                                                                        bbhOfEi                      , --

I I* g;p l

  • I -l
                                                                           -E.9. @hs ,hii[, 'Wpj-
                                  ~                                     3 .                .
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           ~

e-

                                                                                                                                 .,                                                                                                                                p A Gj M g:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     !), d.i. p .it ] f i                                                            -
                                                                                                    . %o.                         ~                                                                                                                                                                                                   I
                                                                                                           =                              f. i.

w . l t =: = s.- i

                                                                                                                                      '   - *.                       =

it wrh.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                . l u       .f) ._

l g ' ' ' ' ' '- Y ' Q'(LDf$

      .        __ ..                                                                 .          2                    L        .

i g I

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 .o &g, i

0ot qk g .. 1

                                                                                       -                      e--                             1.

4

                                                                                                                                                                    =

q +.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             .        l i

7g , I c L. k l~ 9J' WNk' d , 56 d. N $4  ; l e-- l, ,

                                                                          "g,;-- E I

M -- g

                                                                                                                                                                                                    ,                            i II                                   ll1            ,Q                                      !
                                                                                                                                                                                                           ,_ ;. .. -                                                                                      e
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     - ,- gj 4                                                                                                              1,g                                                               . . . .
                                                               .jR[             = t-                --     -                     >
                                                                                                                                      @                       c                 ,,       % ,#,

e . w .. ve-x . .. Ny' 2 e -

                                                                                                                    .                 Y"                                                                           .           .                                                                              .
; E .-<

g y ,u-

                                                                                                                                                                                 ,,*,#..*.1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        /                                       fI                             !

y- 1 . ===== at l E9 .* ,.t.* r p - i

                                                                                                                      )j.

l

                                                                                  .y.             j.                                                           -

L ' f. ... . .,.., 5l3 - J is. ..l fW o.c y &n' 'g 2)  !,3

                                                .                                                                         ..              _._ s.              _
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 .u,                                     ,                            .
                                                                                                                           ~ot                                                                                                                                                             '         '+
                                                            .,ehy.      h. .Y.L           .

wk.~h.c1%iggqdf_-b T ' u -

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       - .- s ,""5
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            )

k ll e, ld-  %-g ii i'.T.hQ T Q i$ 9 )

                                                                                                                                                                                        ..$p          /:.

q-u y  :., , .. l

                                                                                                                                                                                                       .           .                m    ,

e ..  ! eF

                                                             .. k. _kh --mWL                                   .
                                                                                                                                          +#
                                                                                                                                                     ,f
                                                                                                                                                                                  !(  -

g_,4 &mi .# n..& . m/I N t tk p,. r Q _. f t f g ,!.g _ .' d 11 ,,4 u

                                           .e
                                                 '. .c i, i        i       %g.                         ,..

lg r q c ta,o;&i , -, rTg - JJyL e

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         =

M, T -s - -o - l q y-- - s l l: I is ~~ ~ g E '

                                                                                                                                                                                                   'jgaChug.-
                                                                                                                                                                                                       , . .,m, .I.

e, - 3 - i e h 6.a 1 4.g g 4g h ,- v . i_. . q e. ~r r? i I q a g .a n- v li a[o y + nd j.>a g-ln . t- ' -

                                                ,i                   i         .11
                                                                                             -i.        .                                                               g                                   o                                                                                   W I

4 y ., -

                                                                                                                                                            .sp_                    ,.

g .: .

                                                ,'-..f                ;y1. hiO__9.-             --.

ids n Usf N,3_ -Me Nh. ,l,].l a ,t MI@M@%[f ah lIml ji~e9 {!  ?  !! Y g_. t TfW4NEbb $

                    %                                                                                                                                                                       m,ie                   e                     -

r -

                                                                                -                     - - - =                           ,                                                    s b
                                                                                                                                                                                 ~

a

                        ;,                                                                                                                                 .~                               ap.      -                                      -

y l' -

                                                                                                                           - e!I. o OAo                                                       o e e. e oe --                                                                                            :            e                ;
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           ~~
                                                                                                                                  ..--..-_L'.                                         "'T ~ _ - ,i C' ~ ^                                          ..:"~,__,-_..-Q
                                                                                                                                               ' ll.

1 APPEND 1X..EP-231-8

            .!                                                  DIACRAM OF CONTROL PANEL - LEFT SIDE                                                  EP-231 Rav. 3
                          .,                                                                                                                              Appundix 8
                     .                                                                                                                                Page 39 of 42 TJY/jmv                                  j l
       !                                                                                                                                                                                                     l t

L6geSD- Disselved 5 m p;,,g, PkW Gas 4IkssuAg su ((kgssvg b34 PI-661 PSIA PI4WI. PSIA PI 105 MM ' Liquib 'f- I feu kP4 StTuRNFt.oW smM EnP.3-nt

               ,gpg py . gg,                                      '!        TW 'I *
  • g g smTm LYG41T5 m n . I I O Pw sel g E/ oren s aN -
          ,a4p eg                                                                 w on ~.

OT yy - HC tis i osasw - svsTs.A 5W51%W kk b  ; e, .

                                                                                                                        $                    . ODrfw881 Air        .

05W m'S*I 4I T33 t ,* Q  % V 'l g- otedfontebTl1

                                                                                                    ,.                    1                      C hpM.c                                                -

l N C N ate L.*Ht. S M P E ' BC.13,4 Gukyg. stancs saucros, #wan H ' I

                                                                                                               &ag,c3 um Serv 6L 51/                                     IdrW.Q           g ok             ,                   o l

I 1 N I

          ' HC 4,ll, l Segast                                                                                       b '5                                                  *
  • v,i m es sweicu 6 1 wee ac9er isW dans, saufw enaou, Lu, m 4.ms. Cu.Tast.ssW i,Il *"
                                            '                                                                                                                ~

! .g 10 8. ' o L 4 h a l  %.J y N h .. 6 5 yesh . , lit 6el cueles su rkg.' ggg samps,s3,,,swers gg gg,,,i suris sws.rcH kC 112. N, $18 $n [ smP un _. ac t,2s-i .

                                                                                                 %*r Me                aw fiv              on          wi' #%                                                         RNR Ifx j             5 u

3%2sW k s h h **1' bl

                                                                                                                                                            ;t ,*** .

nems ,;r=.m Lt

                      ~ ~ ~ ~         ~ ' '                                                               _ _ _ _      .-               . - - . . - . - . .

EP-231 Rav. 3

           . ., ,,                                                                                                        Appandix 9 Page 40 of 42 TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-9 DIAGRAM OF CONTROL PANEL - RIGHT SIDE ruit                             1% L' e                 r                v ALAkM                  ALAgi%         As.nwM4 Anael        PMrs psal     Pe&sr1 frial O           o           ooo           ooo
                   **na m wi w Anna ni k1 507                 p;r % G um pei m
                   . AR C A                                 RX fuh Lie w s        cAcwC4 McN iidw                 Mounw          Mou rre O
                                              ',                                              3i 7                         v41,xio                                     -v/.*
                                                                                                                                    ~
d. . .-

F P8" . 4 l l '

                                                                %eser!&w ,)-                                                                                -

Sitc p Cow cuctM S S a ....y.. - - . . . . _ . .

W*, "

                                                                                                              ~                                                                                                         ~
     ;7 ; ;
    //
                                                                                                                                                  ~ EP-231 R5v. 3
                      /                                                                                                                                      Pcg3 41 of 42
   -/                      ;

TJY/jmv

                        '.**'                                            APPENDIX EP-231-10 CONTROL PANEL SWITCH LAYOUT                                                                                                                                              i i

HC-715-1. SUMP DRAIN .

             ,.                                   SYSTEM SWITCH
1. OFF .
2. BLOW COLLECTOR '
. HCe600. POWER .
3. DRAIN C00LER TRAP -

SELECTOR SWITCH -

4. BLOW COLLECTOR -
5. EVACUATE COLLECTOR 8 *
                                                                                                                                                                                                             'j.gr.f.   '

Om A -

6. SUMP TO COLLECTOR *
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 *.- 'd)
7. n0W C0a.ECTOR i A a V
8. OFF - - -

T

                                                                                                                                                                                                                ,,, y
.HC-626, LIQUID SAMPLg HC-700. LIQUID OR GAS "e  :

SOURCE SELECTOR 5 WITCH 3ELECTO ITCH HC-7E3 GAS SAMPLE

1. JET PUMP LINE ON SYPA53 LIOUTO J g bas SELECTOR SWITCH - i j.EOF UMP LINE l V I 1. DRYWELL ATMOSPHERE -

RESSION 2. SUP'N POOL ATMQsPHERE 4.m

i. RPV OROR U SU,PPN m F02 0, POOL . .  ;; !=aA" .CoRTwr a HC-616-1.* 3 MALL HC-705,10 ML SAs
              ..                     VOL SAMPLE SW               p            , ,,                                                   ,q                        .. SAMPLE SWITCH
        ..'~                                                              F                                                                                         '                                                

h g SAMPLE .-},CRCULATEE43 .

3. FLUSH LOOP 3. W ACUATE BOTTLE ,
                                                                          '                                                                                       4. TAKE SAMPLE                       ,
                                                                                                  '.                                                              5.        SH Mm -

nc-601, DISSOLVED GA5 AND . , . LIQUID SAMPLE SWITCH - l

1. OFF .

j " '

2. START P-701 AND FLOW '
3. START P-801 l 0 - * - '
4. CIRCULATE AND 3EPARATE SAs
5. INJECT TRACER SAS =. NC-712.10DINECARTRIDGE
6. CIRCULATE TRACER SAs 8 ) SAM M SETCH 7 COLLECT DISSDLVED 8A8 1. OFF
8. CIRCULATE AGAIN -
2. CIRCULATE SA5
9. COLLECT DIS'LVD BAS AGAIN -
3. SAS THRU CARTRIDGE
10. TAKE GAS SAM AND/OR RELIEVE 4. EVACUATE CARTR10GI 11.TAKELIQUID5 AMPLE -
5. FLUSH CARTRIDGE H 2  ? HC-6ts-1 . -: , .
                                                                                        .                                                                         HC-704                     .

C ~~~' KC.7f2 HC-628-1. FLIISH '" '

                         . nsTEM SWITCH                                                                                                   -

1 yP 1r""8" % .

                                                                                                                                                 ..(TIMED 5 AMPLE)
                 ;*.           2. START FLUSH             ..
3. FLUSH V-610 LOOP : .
                                                                                  -                                                                                                                                            ~
4. FLUSH P-601 LOOP '
5. FLUSH CV-615 ' '
6. FLUSH P! PING'37ATION -
7. FLUSH CV-621 LOOP ^ - - - -
8. OFF ,

L - - - - . .

l EP-231 Rev. 3

                 **'                                                                                                                                                              Page 42 of 42
                 *,-                                                                                                                                                                           TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-231-11 GCEEMATIC OF POST ACCIDENT SAMPLE STATION s

3 5'51

  • I ' ' ' -

GV.731 = C V.7 W 3 .. . C,V.730 44 AIR , p,,,gg ; DRYWELL ATMOS g e% g CV.730 4WP'N POOL ATMOS

                               $NG CONT'MY ATMOS
                                                                                         ' s-              g
                                                                                                                                         ),                 ma
  • a e

g g g,,, 71 GV 711 OV.713 , 717

                               ""'                                    b
p rYdW1 i ni ,,vi o SNQ CONT'MT AYucs P.101 10 0 TbipOE SWP'N PQQL ATMOG N a -@- e GV'701
i. JET PWMP D N WATER p,,g, gy.793 j
                             'W                     08                            9V488.                 ~ pi.;oi-ettin"$Nh l
                                                                                       ,1 s    CV463.               SV4GI
                                                                                                                                           ,y        ,,

CV4as i f agg 4 OV4G4 cooLaA g8g,g , , 9V464 h VENT d>

                                                            " "                                                                                           GV440
                                                                                                                 .                       V415 "1

WE 8 PSI 8V4'I '

                                                                                  @ f9
                                                                                                                                          ==.         o ov430                                                    cv.717 l                                                                                                                                                                                                                -
                                                                                             ,                     y                                                                                              -
                                         - GV436 CG                                                      V410                                                                                                ~

P40b 21 GV430 *- ' ' " ' l SUP'NPQQL 1I SVRINGE

                                                                                                                                                               'Ws           CV400 0       --

o

                                                                                       ,       -- 34                     g                                 i g, e a   b POV437 f ,'. I MIN I gy.084 sMALL v0LWMO LAMO bl0Wl0 GW,W t blQul0 EAMPLE OLuMn CV.733
  • n.

l t 'N W (bH, ing ps: i

                                                                         \,          *                              -

t

                                                                                                                                          . . .         p
                                                                                                                                                                         $ec.

g ov.710 E CV'T14 E-REP-

                                                                         \) .

OV4IO l

i- 3842106680 EP-230 Rav. 3 Page 1 of,10 T /RGH/jmv PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EP-230 CHEMISTRY SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS TEAM ACTIVATION 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose'of this procedure is to provide guidelines for the actions required to activate the Chemistry Sampling and l Analysis Team. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The (Interim) Emergency Director shall direct the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader to activate a team, when required. 2.2 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall appoint a group leader to perform the steps necessary in this procedure. 2.3 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall direct the group members to perform the steps necessary in this procedure. 3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-230-1 Emergency Exposure Guidelines l 3.2 EP-230-2 Sample and Analysis Logsheet 4.0 PREREQUISITES f None q - - p.c.5gv.,,g g ;g, {S, 5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT , s ... .s l _ _. u _ . _._ rac _ ;rn ~ __. . :.- x_ _;nx_..unn r__ . _ _ ._; _

        ' " 4-MM p ' M a6m =4Mefw".ebE'
                .,                                        , W m. m W & ,p.g. ,

4 k,,, mm,, ,,,.y,, , , ,

     .                  f                                                                                                     EP-230 Rav. 3     )

Page 2 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv t- 6.0 SYMPTOMS o None 1 .'

                              ' 7. 0            ACTION' LEVEL 7.1       The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group will be activated at the discretion of the (Interim) Emergency Director.

i 8.0 PRECAUTIONS , 8.1 Planned radiation exposures should be limited to the administrative guide levels in Appendix EP-230-1

                                                  .        Eme'rgency Exposure Guidelines.

1B . 2 Continuous coverage by a Health Physics Technician may substitute for the Radiation Work Permit. 8.3 Every effort should be made to maintain the individual and man-rem exposures of the group to ALARA. 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 9.1.1 The (Interim) Emergency Director shall: 9.1.1.1 Direct the (Interim) Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader to collect samples, as necessary, and analyze the samples or use offsite support groups for the analysis. l l- 9.1.2 Senior Shift Chemistry technician shall: 9.1.2.1 Report to the Chemistry Field Office and verify habitability in accordance with EP-330, Emergency Response Facility Habitability. Report to the Chemistry Area on the 2nd floor of the Administration Building if the Chemistry Lab is not' habitable. If the Chemistry Lab habitability is degraded, time spent in the lab analyzing samples should be minimized and protective measures shall be employed.

~ _ .. -

                          - --     . 3, .- . .     . -             - . _ .     . .
           . 'l[                                                                   EP-230 REv. 3      .

~

      .-                                                                            Pcgs 3 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv Consideration should be given to sending the samples offsite for analysis.

9.1.2.2 After discussing the situation with the Emergency Director to determine the priorities of group activation and immediate responses of the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team, assume the role of Interim Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader. AT ANY POINT IN THIS PROCEDURE, THE CHEMISTRY SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS TEAM LEADER , WILL REPORT TO THE TSC AND RELIEVE THE INTERIM TEAM LEADER ONCE FULLY COGNIZANT OF TEE SITUATION. 9.1.2.3 Appoint Group Leaders from available personnel and/or assume the role of group leader and group member (s) (until relieved) and complete the appropriate steps in this procedure. 9.1.2.4 Assign sampling tasks to Group Leaders. . Brief Group Leaders on plant status and potential or existing radiological conditions and/or hazards, as the information becomes available. 9.1.2.5 Request emergency exposure authorizations from the Emergency Director for the appropriata group members as required. 9.1.3 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall: 9.1.3.1 Assemble the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis l Group Members at the Chemistry Field Office and perform accountability if required per EP-110 Personnel Assembly and Accountability. 9.1.3.2 Obtain all PASS keys fr:m the key cabinets located in the chemistry field office or chemistry administration office. g f.l.3.3 Direct group member (s) to prepare sampling equipment using the appropriate procedures. 9.1.3.4 Direct group member (s) to prepare sample preparation station, Counting Room and analysis instrumentation using the appropriate procedures.

4m.ww3h @. a = Wee'-h a n.- . d esheeS , a e-g m i--e 4-.- l' EP-230 R2v. 3 Page 4 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv l 9.1.3.5 Appoint group member (s) as necessary to assist in maintaining accountability l logsheet, sampling and analysis logsheet, . plant status record keeping and other appointed duties. . I 9.1.3.6 Evaluate sampling conditions and/or locations identified in steps 9.1.3.3 through 9.1.3.7 below and instruct group members to take the necessary samples using

                                   .                indicated procedures.
 ~

9.1.3.7 Refer to the following procedures to sample primary coolant and drywell atmosphere as necessary: EP-231 Operation of Post Accident Sampling System (PASS) EP-233 Retrieving And Changing Sample Filters And Cartridges From The Containment Leak Detector During Emergencies EP-234 Obtaining Containment Gas Samples From the Containment Leak Detector

                                                    ,              During. Emergencies EP-235 Obtaining Reactor Water Samples From Sample Sinks Following Accident Conditions 9.1.3.8               In the event of a unplanned radioactive liquid release, to the Schuylkill River, obtain samples of the blowdown line water in accordance with:

EP-236 Obtaining Cooling Tower Blowdown Line Water Samples Following Radioactive Liquid Release After Accident conditions

                                                         .-ww.e            eu-.      - w - un        - -. -     ----

p.

Y.:.=

          >f                                                                                                     ' EP-230 RGv. 3 Paga 5 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv 9.1.3.9                    Use the following procedures to obtain samples, as necessary, from the various sample points.
    ~

North and South Stack EP-237 Obtaining the-Iodine / Particulate and/or gas samples from the North Vent Wide Range Gas Monitor (WRGM) Liquid Radwaste

      ~

EP-238 Obtaining Liquid Radwaste Samples from Radwaste Sample Sink Following Accident Conditions Off Gas EP-240 Obtaining Off Gas Samples from the Air Ejector / Holdup pipe Discharge Reactor Enclosure or Suppression Pool EP-231 Operation of Post Accident Sampling Systems (PASS) 9.1.3.10 Use the following procedures for the preparation and handling of highly radioactive samples. EP-241 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Liquid Samples EP-242 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate Filters and Iodine Cartridges EP-243 Sample Preparation and Randling of

                                                         .                  Highly Radioactive Gas Samples 9.1.3.11                  Periodically have group member exposures evaluated to ensure that group members do not exceed normal administrative exposure
            ,e                                         guidelines without prior approval of the (Interim) Emergency Director.

9.1.3.12 As required, request the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team' Leader to obtain emergency exposure authorisations from the (Interim) Emergency Director for affected group - members.

m. - . < , = - - wesewe - .%w, ,m. n, , o w or . - - g - .
    ..                s t                                                                                                 EP-230 R3v. 3 Pcg3 6 of 10 TJY/RGR/jmv 9.1.3.13   Assign a sample number to each sample to be analized and record on Appendix EP-230-2 Sample and Analysis Logsheet. Complete the
  .                                                                    appropriate line for each sample taken as
                    ,                                                  the information becomes available.

9.1.3.14 Appropriately file the data sheets and analysis reports with Appendix EP-230-2 Sample End Analysis Logsheet for each sample analyzed. 9.1.4 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Members shall: 9.1.4.1 Assemble the necessary equipment needed to [ obtain and analyze samples. Label all i sample containers before sampling. L 9.1.4.2 Collect and analyze samples as directed by the Group Leader. l 9.1.4.3 Give data sheets and anlaysis reports to the l sampling and analysis Group Leader. 9.2 FOLLOW-UP , 9.2.1 The (Interim) Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall: 9.2.1.1 Report the results of these analyses to the (Interim) Emergency Director, Dose Assessment Team Leader and Health Physics and Chemistry Coordinator. 9.2.1.2 Provide group leaders with periodic plant status changes including significant radiation exposure and radioactive contamination problems which may affect the - functions of the team. 9.2.1.3 If necessary, use the post accident sampling analysis off-site capabilities by referring to EP-244, Off-Site Analysis of High Activity Samples. 9.2.1.4 Provide additional personnel support, if necessary, using EP-252 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Phone List. I l l

          - ~ - . ,     , . . - , . -   --,,-n--_.,_,.,.,-.                                                       n,,,      ,_n..,_ __..- _ - -,
   -.            h.          ;.C            .    - . - .      .-.      - -. - ...            . _           -           -   --     .

1 EP-230 Rsv. 3 Page 7 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv 9.2.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader chall:

            .                                 9.2.2.1         Report results of samples and analysis to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team
                                                                                  ~

Leader. . , 9.2.2.2 Provide Group Members with periodic plant

         "                                                    status changes to include radiological condition.. which may affect the group.
              . . .                           9.2.2.3         Request augmentative personnel from the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader as required.

10.0 REFERENCES

i 10.1 Limerick Generating Station Emergency Plan 10.2 NUREG 0654, Rev. 2 - Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness In Support of Nuclear Power Plants 10.3 EP-231 Operation of Post Accident Sampling System (PASS) 10.4 EP-233 Retrieving and Changing Sample Filters and a Cartridges from the Containment Leak Detector during Emergencies 10.5 EP-234 Obtaining Containment Gas Samples from the

 ;ni                                                     Containment Leak Detector During Emergencies 10.6         EP-235 Obtaining Reactor Water Samples from Sample Sinks Following Accident Conditions 10.7         EP-236' Obtaining Cooling Tower Blowdown Line Samples Following Radioactive Liquid Releases After Accident Conditions 10.8         EP-237 Obtaining the Iodine / Particulate Samples and/or gas samples the North Vent Wide Range Gas Monitor (WRGM)

EP-238 Obtaining Liquid Ra'dwaste Samples from the

      ~

c 10.9 Radwaste Sample Sink Following Accident Conditions e

                                                               ._ -                                   ._     .   -       .= . - ..

l ., EP-230 R3v. 3 i

                                      . /; -_                                                                           Page 8 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv 10.10               EP-240 Off Gas Samples from the Air Ejector / Holdup Pipe Discharge 10.11' EP-241 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Liquid Samples 10.12. EP-242 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly
                                                           .                       Radioactive Particulate Filters and Iodine Cartridges 10.13               EP-24,3 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples 10.14               EP-292 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Phone List 10.15               EP-110 Personnel Assembly and Accountability 10.16               EP-244 Off-Site Analysis of High Activity Samples f
                                  ')

2 . , a I- i (

  • I =

t

        +

1-

          . ~ . , . . ~ . - - ,        -      .                      -      .   .   . . ~ -
                                       .                   -      -  ,                      =                                            _               _ .
           ~
                       '( '                                                                                   EP-230, Rsv. 3                                 l Page 9 of 10 TJY/RGH/jmv APPENDIX EP-230-1 Emergency Exposure Guidelines Projected                ..

Whole Body Thyroid Authorized Function Dose Dose By

1. Life Saving and (Interim)

Reduction of Injury 75 REM

  • 375 REM Emergency **

Director

                 ~~
                        'c2. Operation of Equipment to_ Mitigate an                                                                  (Interim)

Emergency 25 REM

  • 125 REM Emergency ** ,

Director 3.: Protection of Health (Interim) and Safety of the Public 5 REM 25 REM Emergency ** Director  !

4. Other Emergency 10 CFR 20 10 C?R 20 Emergency Activities . limits limits Director
5. Re-entry / Recovery Station Station .

Activities Administra- Adminis-tive Guide- trative lines Guide-lines N/A

Reference:

EPA-520/1-75-001 Table 2.1

                            ** Such exposure shall be on a voluntary basis t

t i

         .. _                            . - _ _ _ _. . ~ . . _           _ _ _ _ _ - ,          _ _ . _ _         . . _ - . . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ . _ .

v e

     ~
l. EP-230, Rev. 3 Page 10 of 10 TJY/RGE/jmv APPENDIX EP-230-2 SAMPLING & ANALYSIS LOGSEEET
      . .           l Date:
                             .i Time Time                   Time                  Analysis Sample                                   Sample
  • Sample Sample Results Sample- # Source Type Requested Received Reported l

l 1 i l l l l l

  • Sample Type: - Charcoal * - Smear
                                                        - Liquid                                                    - Other (describe)
                                                        - Gas l

I L, _ _ ._ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ . . . . _ , _ _ _ _ _

        'i                                                  3842106700                                                  EP-233 Rav. 3 9,
  • Paga 1 of 11 '

Y/jmv r PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY 7/u// g LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EP-233 RETRIEVING AND CHANGING SAMPLE FILTERS AND CARTRIDGES FROM THE CONTAINMENT LEAK DETECTOR DURING EMERGENCIES 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides guidelines for retrieving and changing particulate filters and charcoal cartridges (or silver zeolite cartridges) located at the Containment Leak Detector following accident conditions. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall direct the group members to perform the steps necessary in this procedure. 3.0 -APPENDICES 3.1 EP-233 Data Sheet 4.0 PREREQUISITES None 5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT I l 5.1 Transport container (shield l 5.2 Combined Filter / Cartridge h , r assenhly

                                                                                                                                .    ..ti.. ,

o .. _- l 5.3 2-Extra particulate filters l 5.4 2-Extra iodine cartridges . ( l 5.5 Plastic bags  ; ,

i. . Ej

l . EP-233 Rev. 3 Page 2 of 11 TJY/jmv g 6.0 SYMPTOMS None' 7.0 ACTION LEVEL

                            -This. procedure shall be implemented when a Containment Filter / Cartridge sample is'to be taken from the                   '

ContainmentjLeak Detector during an Emergency 8.0 PRECAUTIONS 8.1

              ,                       Planned radiation exposures should be limited to the administrative guide levels in Appendix EP-230-1 Emergency Exposure Guidelines.
                           -8.2 Do not use elevators.

8.3' Eye protection should be. worn by all personnel when obtaining samples from the sample stations. 8.4 Continuous coverage by a Health Physics Technician may substitute for the Radiation Work Permit. 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 Actions 9.1.1 s (Interim) Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall: 9.1.1.1 After discussing the situation with the i (Interim) Emergency Director determine if a filter / cartridge sample from the I Containment Leak Detector-is required. 9.1.1.2 Check the Plar;t Radiation Level Status Board to forecast anticipated radiological conditions. l 9.1.1.3 -Contact the Personnel Safety Team Leader and check on the latest developments related to radiological conditions and inform him what sample (s are to be taken and that. Health Physics') coverage is required.- I i l a

o

               ,l-                                                          EP-233 Rev. 3
   '                                                                         Page 3 of 11 TJY/jmv
      -(                             9.1.1.4  Request input.from the Control Room (via Emergency Director) to ascertain desired sample system availability.

9.1.1.5 Determine what analyses are required and inform the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader what analyses are

required. If an iodine particulate t sample is required, recommend sampling time.  ;

9.1.1.6 Request Emergency Exposure Authorizations from the Emergency Director for Group Members (as required) and inform the l Personnel Safety Team Leader of this development. t

                                   , 9.1.1.7  Direct the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader to collect and analyze the filter / cartridge sample.

9.1.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall: 1 "1: 9.1.2.1 Assign the appropriate number of group i members to obtain the necessary equipment l to collect and transport the sample to

                          ./                 the Chemistry Hot Lab.

9.1.212 Contact the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader (TSC) for an estimated sampling time and record this l time on Appendix EP-233-1. l 9.1.2.3 Brief the Technician and Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group members on the following: I l A. Communications equipment and channel l B. Type of sample (s) to be collected t

l. C. Location of sample points .-

l- D. Suggested routes to be taken {  ! c

I ' EP-233 Rav. 3 Paga 4 of 11 TJY/jmv l F. Review of the procedures to be followed for sample collection,

        ~

handling, preparation and analysis l l G. Special tools and equipment required for sample handling and/or collection. l H. Proper completion of Data Sheets. l 9.1.2.4 Contact Shift operations in the Control Room to request system line up so that the selected. sample can be taken from the desired Sample Station and sample point. If the Containment Leak Detector is isolated, shift operations shall defeat the signal by placing jumpers across the following contacts: DO NOT DEFEAT ISOLATION OF HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE WHEN DRYWELL PRESSURE IS GREATER THAN 5 PSIG. Panel Relay Contacts i 10C609 Isolation Signal

B21H-K120C T4-M4 High D/W Pressure (20C609) 1 or -38" Vessel Level 10C611 B21H-K120B T4-M4 .High D/W Pressure (20C611) or -38" Vessel Level 9.1.2.5 Appoint Group member (s) to prepare the Hot Lab for receiving the sample.

I USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES AS GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF THE HOT LAB. EP-241 (LIQUID) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly ' Radioactive Liquid Samples EP-242 (IODINE) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate

           '~ l.                                         EP-233 Rsv. 3 Paga 5 of 11 TJY/jmv

( Filters and Iodine Cartridges 5P-243 (GAS) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples 9.1.2.6 Dispatch the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Members to the OSC for Health Physics support if radiological

                       . conditions permit or other appointed
           ._              location as determined by the Plant Survey Group Leader.

I 9.1.3 The Health Physics Technician shall: 9.1.3.1 Determine which route should be used for collecting and transporting the sample. I 9.1.3.2 Take appropriate radiation survey equipment and ensure that equipment is 3 functional and calibrated. 9.1.3.3 Provide Group Members with the l' . appropriate dosimetry, protective clothing and respiratory equipment. 9.1.3.4 Perform a pre-job briefing with the Chemistry technicians assigned to obtain the sample to discuss the following: A. RWP requirements B. Routes to be used C. Authorized doses D. Radiological concerns and precautions l E. Review of procedure for obtaining and transporting sample to hot lab F. Suggested methods-to maintain exposures ALARA G. Stay times and Abort Criteria 9.1.3.5 Provide constant coverage while j obtaining, transporting and analyzing the l

                                                                                                           .. - _..            .               .-.             .            =

{ EP-233 Rev. 3 Pago 6 of 11 TJY/jmv

                                                                  . sample filter and cartridges frcm the
           'k                                                      Containment Leak Detector.

9.1.3.6 Monitor dose rates enroute and at the sample location. Upon entering the power block, the surveyors shall note trends in general radiation levels enroute to the Containment Leak Detector. If general area dose rates (unanticipated) exceed 10 R/hr gamma or 10 rad /hr beta prior to arriving at the door leading to Rx.-283', exit immediately and report to Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader. If dose rates (unanticipated) exceed 5 R/hr at the door leading to Rx. 283', leave the area immediately and report to Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader. 9.1.3.7 Survey the sample area and sample cask. 9.1.3.8 Document the sample cask survey results and give them to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader (or other designated group member) when arriving at the hot lab. 9.1.3.9 Provide constant coverage during sample ' L preparation and handling as specified in t l EP-242. . 9.1.4 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group members shall: 9.1.4.1 Assemble for a pre-job briefing at the chemistry lab. 9.1.4.2 Inform the Group Leader if they are L approaching the administrative exposure guidelines, or may not have sufficient exposure remaining to successfully complete the assigned task. 9.1.4.3 Obtain the necessary equipment to collect the sample and ensure that the hot lab is l ready to accept the sample. PROPERLY LABEL ALL SAMPLE CONTAINERS I b 9.1.4.4 Once the. group has been briefed and the appropriate equipment has been assembled,

 - , ,--             . . - , le --w. ,,, ,  .m.,--w-w   s-,,,.,,w   ,_,.,.,,,,,,m_,, .,,,.,,,n.cnv., ,.w,_          n..n,,-g...,.    ,,,pn.,--nn,n      .-w--m   p.w..p p w
                                                                                      )
          .l -

EP-233 Rav. 3 Page 7 of 11 TJY/jmv f

      .(       .l                    proceed to the OSC or other designated
               .l                    location for HP coverage. Once briefed by Health Physics, retrieve and change
       ..                            the sample filters and cartridges as follows:

A. The HP Technician shall survey the Containment Leak Detector concentrating especially on the particulate filter /lo6ine cartridge

                                 .       assembly and sample lines.
          ~'

B. Obtain the sample. The time required to obtain a sample is approximately 10 minutes. C. FILTER / CARTRIDGE HOLDER ASSEMBLY CHANGE METHOD

1. Verify that HS-26-190-1 (Pump 1 switch) is in the ON position and that only pump 1 light is lit.

Turn switch HS-26-190-2 to OFF (pump 2 switch). [ 2. Verify Flow Indicator (FI-26-190) indicates flow. - 3. Put switch HSS-26-190 [ (OPERATE / PURGE) in PURGE position and verify that the purge light l is lit.

4. Allow to purge for one minute.
5. Close valves V-2 and V-3.

y 6. Remove holder assembly, bag and l place aside. ! THIS ASSEMBLY MAY BE USED LATER. l

                             ,                 SEE STEP 13.

l ! 7. Install a new filter / cartridge assembly back into the line.

8. Open valves V-2 and V-3.
9. Close valve V-8.

k-l L

l EP-233 Rev. 3 e- Paga 8 of 11

.,                                                             TJY/jmv I                       10. Put switch HSS-26-190 in OPERATE position and verify that the OPERATE light is lit. Record the l                      time as TIME-1 and flow as FLOW from FI-26-190 in Appendix EP-

+ 233-1. I 11. Allow to flow for the desired 4 amount of sample collection time and then turn HSS-26-190 to PURGE l . and record time as TIME-2.

12. Allow to purge for one minute.
13. Close valves V-2 and V-3.
14. Remove holder assembly and immediately have the Health Physics Technician Survey the sample and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate on Appendix EP-233-1 and bag and place the sample in a shielded transport container.
15. Reinstall the holder aFsembly previously removed (Step 5) if appropriate, or install a new
holder assembly.

l

16. Open valves V-2, V-3 and V-8.
17. Put switch HSS-26-190 in OPERATE position and verify that the OPERATE light is lit.
18. Turn HS-26-190-2 (pump 2 switch) to ON.

l 19. Return to the hot lab with the sample by retracing one of the previously suggested routes. l l 9.1.4.5 Upon introduction of the sample into the ! hot lab, the sample will be handled and stored in a manner that personnel exposures are kept ALARA. (

              '\
                . l                                                    EP-233 Rev. 3
 ~*

Page 9 of 11 TJY/jmv

       '(           l             9.1.4.6   Inform the Group Leader as soon as the sample reaches the hot lab and inform him that the sample collection has been
          .-                                completed and what the sample status is.

9.2 Follow-up 9.2.1 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group members shall:

9.2.1.1 Complete Appendix EP-233-1
                ~

9.2.1.2 Prepare,. handle and analyze the sample using EP-242 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate and Iodine Cartridges. 9.2.1.3 Report the results to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader. 9.2.1.4 Properly file the data sheets and report back to the Group Leader fo- . reassignment. 9.2.1.5 Return all sampling equipment to the 1 CHEMISTRY EMERGENCY CABINET. 9.2.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall: 9.2.2.1 Notify Shift Supervision that a sample has been taken and the aligned valves may be returned to the " NORMAL" position (i.e., Remove Jumpers). l l 9.2.2.2 Ensure Group member (s) dose is monitored ! to ensure that exposure limits have not been exceeded. l l l 9.2.2.3 Inform the Chemistry Sampling and l Analysis Team Leader that the required sample is in the hot lab. l l 9.2.2.4 Direct group members to refer to EP-242 Sample Preparation and Handling of Radioactive Particulate and iodine cartridges for. guidance for sample preparation and handling. l 9.2.2.5 Obtain and review ALL Data Sheets report

i. the sample results to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader and g-w- g - - - -
            ,        l                                                       EP-233 Rev. 3 Page 10 of 11
                       .                                                           TJY/jmv

( attach all Data Sheets to Appendix EP-230-2.

          .                          9.2.3      Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall:

9.2.3.1 Report the results to-the Emergency Director and the Health Physics and Chemistry Coordinator (EOF).

10.0 REFERENCES

10.1 EP-230 - Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation 10.2 EP-242 - Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate and Iodine Cartridges 10.3 M-102 - General Arrangement Plan at El. 217'-0" 10.4 M-104 - General Arrangement Plan at El. 269'-0" & 283'-0" 1, 10.5 M Sh. 1, Rev. 8; Sh. 2, Rev. 9; Sh. 3,

                   -l                        Proposed Rev. 3; Sh. 4, Proposed Rev. 3-Plant Process Radiation Monitoring P&ID l         10.6   E-519, Sh. 1 of 2; Proposed Rev. 3 I-i'

(

                      -l-                                                                                                            EP-233 Rev. 3 i 'i                                                                                                                             Paga 11 of 11 TJY/jmv APPENDIX EP-233-1

{. DATA SHEET Containment Leak Detector i Particulate / Iodine Grab Sample )

               .- .                                                                                                                                       l l

ESTIMATED SAMPLING TIME: DATE: TIME: i t

l' TIME-1
CFM l FLOW: CFM i

l TIME-2: CFM i l' - 'l ' 1 i INITIAL CONTACT DOSE RATE.

                                                                                                                                                          )

l , I l ANALYSIS REQUIRED: NAME: I l-l

 ,               l                             3842106710                      3,_234 Rev. 3 Pcga 1 of 11
   ,                                                                                   JY/jmv
                                                                               )

i

      '                                  PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY                   7/4ff LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EP-234     OBTAINING CONTAINMENT GAS SAMPLES FROM THE CONTAINMENT LEAK DETECTOR DURING EMERGENCIES 1.0    PURPOSE      ,

This procedure provides guidelines for obtaining gas samples from the Containment Leak Detector during emergencies. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall direct the group members to perform the steps necessary in this procedure. 3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-234 Diagram of Gas Sampling Apparatus 3.2 EP-234 Data Sheet 4.0 PREREQUISITES None 5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT l l 5.1 Transportcontainer(shieldedh.9.1  ! l 5.2 Gas Sampling Apparatus  ?- l 5.3 3 off-gas vials with septums l 5.4 Appropriate microsyringes l 5.5 Plastic bags . , L ,) a, Ii[sifi i

l EP-234 Rev. 3 Paga 2 of 11

   -_,                                                                                                                          TJY/jmv
 .                      6.0-                 SYMPTOMS

( None 4 7.0 ACTION LEVEL

This procedure shall be implemented when a gas sample shall be taken from the Containment Leak Detector during an Emergency. ,

8.0- PRECAUTIONS 8.1 Planned radiation exposures should be limited to the administrative guide levels in Appendix EP-230-1 Emergency Exposure Guidelines. 8.2 Do not use elevators. 8.3 Eye protection should be worn by all personnel when obtaining samples from the sample stations.

         .                                   8.4     Continuous coverage by a Health Physics Technician may

( substitute for the Radiation Work Permit. 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 9.1.1 (Interim) Chemistry Sampling and Analysis L Team Leader shall: l ! 9.1.1.1 After discussing the situation with the l .(Interim) Emergency Director determine if a ! gas sample from the containment leak L detector is required l l 9.1.1.2 Check the Plant Radiation Level Status Board ( to forecast anticipated radiological conditions.

                  ,I                                 9.1.1.3    Contact the Personnel Safety Team Leader and l                                                                check on the latest developments related to radiological conditions and inform him what
l. sample (s) are to be taken and that Health L Physics' coverage is required.

L( l l

              ?                                                                                              )

EC

                  ,-(-                                                                        EP-234 Rev.

9.1.1.4 Page 3 of 1

                   ~

TJY/jm Emergency Director) sample system Request in 9.1.1.5 to e Control Room (via availability. ascertain the desired Determine what analys ~ inform-the Group Leader Chemistry Ses are requi ampling and 9.1.1.6 what analyses Analysis are required. _j . Request Emergency Exp l from the Members Emergency Dirosure Autho (as required ector for Group development. Personnel and eader Safety inform the Team) L 9 1.1.7 of this Direct the Chemistry S 9.1.2 Group filter Leader to collectampling

                                                  / cartridge                                        and A sample. and analyze the 1                     Chemistry Sampling and shall:

l 9.1.2.1 Analysis Group Leader members to obtain theAssign the a collect and number of group

  • 'l Chemistry Hot Labtransport thenecessary equipme  ;

9.1.2.2 . sample to the i

              .I                       Group membersBrief                the Chemistry S ampling an l                                             on the following:d Analysis l                        A.

Communications 1 B. Type of sample (s) equipment and chan l C. to be collected

         ~l                        D.      Location of-sample point        s
       -l                          E. Suggested routes to be t aken

_l F. Sample transport tech i n que i collect andProjectedmeamount of ti , 4 G. transport the requiredsample to ' Review of for sample I H. preparation the andprocedures analysis to be f lcolle

  'l                                   Special tools I. sample handling and/or Proper                           o        c lland equipment re ection.

completion of Data Sheets

                 -- . L                                                      EP-234 Rev. 3 Page 4 of 11
         $1                                                                        TJY/jmv
                   'l          9.1.~2.3    Contact _ Shift operations in the Control Room J k.-                               to request system line up so that the selected sample can be taken from the desired Sample Station and sample point.

If the Containment Leak Detector is isolated, shift operations shall defeat the signal'by placing jumpers across the following contacts: DO NOT DEFEAT ISOLI. ION OF HIGH DRYWELL PRESSURE WHEN DRYWELL PRESSURE IS GREATER

             ~ ~

THAN 5 PSIG.

                           -Panel      Relay         Contacts     Isolation Signal 10C609      B21H-K120C     T4-M4        High D/W Pressure (20C609)                                 or -38" Vessel Level 10C611      B21H-K120B     T4-M4        High D/W Pressure (20C611)                                 or -38" Vessel Level 9.1.2.4     Appoint Group member (s) to prepare the Hot Lab for receiving the sample.

USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES AS GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF THE HOT LAB. EP-241 (LIQUID) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Liquid Samples EP-242 (IODINE) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate Filters and Iodine Cartridges EP-243 (GAS) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples 9.1.2.5 Dispatch the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Members to the OSC for Health Physics Support if radiological conditions permit or other appointed location as determined by the Plant Survey Group Leader. ' 9.1.3 The Health Physics Technician shall: 9.1.3.1 Determine which route should be used for collecting and transporting the sample. i I e

v g- EP-234 Rev. 3

 '~6-Page 5 of 11  1 TJY/jmv   '

4 y 9.1.3.2 Take appropriate radiation survey equipment _and ensure that equipment is functional and calibrated. 3 i 9.1.3.3 dosimetry, protectiveProvide Group Members respiratory equipment. clothing and 9.1.3.4 Perform a pre-job briefing with the Chemistry technicians assigned to obtain the sample to discuss _the following: A. RWP requirements , B. Routes to be used C. Authorized doses D. Radiological concerns and precautions E. Review of procedure for obtaining and transporting sample to hot lab F. L Suggested ALARA methods to maintain exposures G. Stay times and' Abort Criteria 9.1.3.5 Provide constant coverage while obtaining, transporting and analyzing the sample from the Containment Leak Detector. 9.1.3.6 Monitor dose rates enroute and at location. Upon entering the power block,the sample the surveyors will note trends in general radiation Leak levelsIfenroute Detector. general to area thedose Containment rates (unanticipated) exceed p rad /hr beta prior to arriving at the door 10 R/hr gamm leading to Rx.-283', exit immediately and e Group Leader. report to Chemistry Sampling and Analysis L- exceed 5 R/hr at the door leading to Rx.If dose L { 283', leave the area immediately and report to Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader. 9.1.3.7 Survey the sample area and sample cask. i

i EP-234 Rev. 3 Page 6 of 11 L. TJY/jmv

 .  . .                                                9.1.3.8     Document the sample cask survey results and

( ' give them to the Chemistry. Sampling and Analysis Group Leader (or other designated group member) when arriving at the hot lab. 9.1.'3.9 Provide constant coverage during sample preparation and handling as specified in EP-243. 9.1.4 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group members shall:

            ~ ~

9.1.4.1 Assemble for a pre-job briefing at the chemistry lab. 9.1.4.2 Inform the Group Leader if they are approaching the administrative exposure guidelines, or may not have sufficient exposure remaining to successfully complete the assigned task. 9.1.4.3 Obtain the necessary equipment to collect the sample and ensure tnat the hot lab is ready to accept the sample. 9.1.4.4 Prepare three off gas sample vials by . I withdrawing from the sample vial (with a syringe) the same volume that is to be injected as a sample. PROPERLY LABEL ALL SAMPLE CONTAINERS 9.1.4.5 Once the group has been briefed and the appropriate equipment has been assembled, proceed to the OSC or other designated location for Health Physics Coverage. Once briefed by Health Physics, proceed to the Containment L?ak Detector area and collect a containment gas sample. A. Proceed to the Containment Leak Detector. B. Have the H.P. Technician survey the Containment Leak Detector.

  • t C. Obtain the sample. The time required to obtain a sample is approximately 10 minutes.

L w +- g, y-y- --ey----.g- - - -, w

EP-234 Rev. 3

       .                                                           Pago 7 of 11 TJY/jmv 1                D. SAMPLING METHOD s                                                               +

1.

         '                             Verify that HS-26-190-1 (pump 1 switch) is in the ON position and that pump 1 light is lit.      Turn switch HS-26-190-2 switch (pump 2 switch) to OFF.

l 2. Verify Flow Indicator (FI-26-190) indicates flow.

            ~~ '
3. Put switch HSS-26-190 (OPERATE / PURGE) in PURGE position and lit.

verify that the PURGE light is

4. Allow to purge for one minute.

5. Close valves V-2 and V-3. 6. Disconnect the filter holder assembly on the outlet side and l install the gas sampling apparatus (similar to the one described in Appendix EP-234-1) making sure the sample valve and septum valve are closed.

7. Open valves V-2 and V-3.
8. Close valve V-8.

9. Put switch HSS-26-190 in OPERATE position and verify that the OPERATE light is lit.

10. Open the sample valve.
11. Open the septum valve.
12. Insert the 1.0 ml microsyringe through the septum valve and the sample valve into the sample tee.

l 13. Flush the microsyringe by taking a 1.0 m1 sample and injecting it back into the sample tee two times. I

14. Take a 1.0 ml sample and remove the l l microsyringe from the sample tee.

i Inject the sample into a 14.4 ml off gas vial. Place the microsyringe in a plastic bag and secure.

                 .JI-                                                                                                                            EP-234 Rav. 3 Page 8 of 11
     .                                                                                                                                                     TJY/jmv
15. Have the HP Technician immediately d survey the vial and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate in

. . Appendix EP-234-2 and using remote handling tools, place the vial into an appropriate shielded transport container.

16. Complete Appendix EP-234-2.

17..Close the sample and septum valves.

18. Turn HS-26-190-2 switch (pump 2 switch) to ON.
19. Take the sample to the hot lab retracing one of the previously suggested routes.

I 9.1.4.7 Upon introduction of the sample into the hot lab, the sample will be handled and stored in a manner that personnel exposures are kept ALARA. 9.1.4.8 Inform the Group Leader as soon as the sample reaches the hot lab and inform him that the sample collection has been e completed and what the sample status is. 9.2 FOLLOW-UP 9.2.1 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Members shall: l 9.2.1.1 Complete Appendix EP-234-2 9.2.1.2 Prepare, handle and analyze the sample using ! EP-243 Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples. 9.2.1.3 Report the results to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader. l 9.2.1.4 Return all sampling equipment to the l CHEMISTRY EMERGENCY CABINET. 9.2.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader

shall

( {- __ -. . . . - - . _ _ _ _ _ _ . - ~ _ . _ , . _ , . _ . _ _ , _ . , . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ , . _ _ _ . - . . _ , . _ _ . , .. , _ . _ _. _

EP-234 Rev. 3

f. Page 9 of 11 TJY/jmv Notify Shift Supervision that a sample has 1

9.2.2.1  !

               -1:                                                been taken and the aligned valves may be                       ' '
     . k_        {_                                               returned to the " NORMAL" position (i.e.,
               'l'                                                remove Jumpers).
                'l 9.2.2.2                        Ensure Group Member (s) dose is monitored to l                                               ensure that exposure limits have not been exceeded.

9.2.2.3 Inform the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis l Group Leader-that the required sample is in

                                                    -              the hot lab.

9.2.2.4 Direct Group Members to refer to EP-243 l Sample Preparation and Handling of

Radioactive Gas Samples for guidance for sample preparation and handling.

Obtain and review all Data Sheets and report J

                   'l               9.2.2.5                         the sample results'to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader and attach all Data Sheets to Appendix EP-230-2.

9 . 2 .~ 3 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall: Report the results to the Emergency Director 9.2.3.1 and the Health Physics and Chemistry Coordinator (EOF).

10.0 REFERENCES

10.1 EP-230 - Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Activation 10.2 EP-243 - Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples 10.3 M-102 - General Arrangement Plan at El. 217'-0" 10.4 M-104 - General Arrangement Plan at El. 269'-0"

                                                                   & 283'-0" 10.5-     M-26 P&ID, Sh. 1, Rev. 8; Sh. 2, Rev. 9; Sh. 3, Rev. 3; Sh. 4, Rev. 3 - Plant Process Radiation Monitoring 10.6      E-519, Sh. 1 of 2; Rev.                       3
                                                                            ~              -

3 11 .,

      =      s                                                             QnO      o             -
  ^V f                                                                                            +

Nbu. ou

                                                                                  ,i'
  '       t                                                                                       ,
                                                                           ~  . _   _-

Pa r , g ))_ EP ' J g l e g. i ' gg

                                                                     .               \

s.,' y S U g',l x T

  • A g R .

A P jh 1 A 4 P G .

                                         \

[l j.

                                                                                                                                                    )-

3 N 2 I I 2 3 -

                 -    L
                                    .               l1                                                                               >              ,-

P P j E M A > i i X S I .

                                                                                                    ~

D S N A E G ~ . P P F A O ~ M - ~ A . R . G ' A I  : . " D j = . w,g l

           . k                                                                          ;                                                       )

_ia l \ i l m- l

                                      \

j N y\ -

                                                .                                       i i       ._

2 Y .

                           -                                    5
                     ,V,                w                -

T ( n x, l E. E e

                                                                                                \
                                                                                                                                                . i cto    t c                                                 .

mS t b %^ g <

                                                                                              ~                                    -
                                                                                                                          ^^- --     -         -"
                 ' l '~'                                                                                                         EP-234 Rev. 3 Page 11 of 11 TJY/jmv

[ APPENDIX EP-234-2 DATA SHEET Containment Leak Detector - Gas Grab Sample

            ~

DATE: TIME: l VOLUME: 1.0 ml INITIAL CONTACT DOSE RATE: l ANALYSIS REQUIRED: NAME i

o

 . y ,

1 3842106720 EP-235 Rsv. 3 Page 1 of 11 JY/mev lhlW PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY 4 .I' LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE

.                      EP-235'     OBTAINING REACTOR WATER SAMPLES FROM SAMPLE SINKS FOLLOWING ACCIDENT CONDITIONS 1.0     PURPOSE      .

The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines for censideration prior to, during and after obtaining a reactor water sample following acciden,t conditions with major fuel damage. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall direct the group members in performing the steps necessary in this procedure.

         't 3.0     APPENDICES 3.1     EP-235-1    Data Sheet 4.0     PREREQUISITES None i
  .                    5.0     SPECIAL EQUIPMENT l                     l         5.1     4 oz. sample bottle with lid L

( 5.2 Tongs or remote tooling for holding gggeq 7 bottle during sampling pFP . . r . r g 3-- [ . Eye Protection  ! L- l 5.3 , , l l 5.4 Plastic bags g l 5.5 Sample station key ' -

( , ....-

VM g,, i Edd-h bP

                   -                                .---,-,,v-,ww-,,---   ,- -,-me,---,-verm-w,---,w+--r+cwam--,mvw-                 ---v.--,----vmwwww-yg--

l

   .-        ,I EP-235 Rev. 3 Pcga 2 of 11
  .                                                                            TJY/m2v f       6.0   SYMPTOMS None 7.0   ACTION LEVEL 7.1 This procedure shall be .,aplemented when a Reactor water sample must be taken from the Reactor Enclosure sample stations during an emergency situation.

8.0 PRECAUTIONS 8.1 In all steps of this procedure, an ALARA concept mandatory. is Sampling and Analysis Group members' exposure should be limited to the administrative guide levels in EP-230, Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation, Appendix EP-230-1, Emergency Exposure Guidelines. 8.2 Do not use elevators. (' 8.3 Eye protection should be worn by all personnel obtaining the sample.

  • 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 9.1.1 (Interim) Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall:

9.1.1.1 After discussing the situation with the (Interim) Emergency Director, determine  ! if a reactor water sample is required. 9.1.1.2 Determine preference of sampling points from below:

1. Reactor Water Clean up Filter Demineralizer Inlet 2.

Reactor Water Recirculation Inlet ( 3. Main Steam from Reactor

                                            ~

EP-235 Rev. 3

            .l-Page 3 of 11 TJY/mov o

Inform the Chemistry Sampling and

 .(                                                                               Analysis Group Leader of sampling point preference.-

9.~. 1.3 Check the Plant Radiation Level Status Board to forecast anticipated radiological conditions. 9.1.1.4 Contact the, Personnel Safety Team Leader l- and check on the latest developments related to radiological conditions and inform him what sample (s) are to be taken and that Health Physics' coverage is T -required.

                                     ~

9.1.1.5 Request input from the Control Room (via Emergency Director) to ascertain desired

    ,                                                                                  sample system availability.
                                                  -y
                                                          )  9.1.1.6 Determine what an'alyses are required and inform the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader what analyses are required.

9.1.1.7 Request Emergency Exposure Authorizations froc ythe Emergency Director for Group Members (as required) and inform the i

  ,_                                                                                    Personnel Safety Team Leader of this l ,3'
                                                                                      development.

Direct the Chemistry Sampling and

9.1.1.8 Analysis Group Leader to collect and an'alyze the reactor water sample from the sample sink '

9.1.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall: 9.1.2.1 ' Check with shift oyerations whether a l sample can be t cen from the desired l sample stat'-m nd sample point. l A. Thre= sa g > points are available:

1. Reactor Clean up Filter demin.

Inlet

2. Reactor Water Recirculation Inlet j

g 3. Main Steam from Reactor ( i

                       . . . - ~ . -            . . . , _ ,       - . , - - - , .  . -
                                                                                            , _ ,   m.   - _ . _ _ - . . - . . - . , - . . . . - _ _ . . . . , . _ . - - - . , - , . . . . .               -
               -. I
      .-                                                                             EP-235 Rev. 3 Paga 4 of 11      :

s TJY/mev I , ~

            '(                      9.1.2.2-
                                                 .If the reactor water clean up filter domin inlet sample point is to be used, .

contact a GrouptheIII control isolationroom to determine signal is present.if 1 A. If.the Group III isolation signal is present, request shift operations to defeat the signal by placing jumpers across the following contacts: SHIFT APPROVAL IS REQUIRED FOR THIS STEP. 4 B..

                                               ' Panel     Relay        Contacts     Isolation Signal 10C622     B21H-K40A    T1-M1 (20C622)                               SLCS Initiation 10C623     B21H-K40B    T1-M1 (20C623)                               SLCS Initiation 10C623      B21H-K42     T1-M1 (20C623)                               Non-Regen HX
                             '                 10C609      B21H-K3A    T2-M2 Outlet High Temp
         !'                                  (20C609)                               -38" Vessel Level 10C609      B21H-K3C   'T2-M2 (20C609)                               -38" Vessel Level DO NOT DEFEAT THE ISOLATIONS OF HIGH RWCU c                           DIFFERENTIAL FLOW, HIGH AREA TEMPERATURE OR HIGH~ DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE ON ROOM m-THE SYSTEM. AS THIS INDICATES A LEAK IN VENTILATION 9.1.2.3 l

I If the Reactor Water Recirculation Inlet sample line has been isolated, contact the Control Room and request shift operations to defeat tne isolation signal j by placing jumpers across the following contacts: l l ' SHIFT APPROVAL IS REQUIRED FOR THIS STEP l-l 1 I L (  ! 6 - l' a-

                 .                                                                                                     I
    ;,              -l                                                                                                                                                               EP-235 Rev. 3 o _.                                                                                                                                                                                 Paga 5 of.11
 .,                                                                                                                                                                                        TJY/mev L

( A .- , Panel Relay Contacts Isolation Signal 10C609 C71A-K7E T1-M1 Main Steam Line (20C609) High Radiation

                                         .                                                        10C611            C71A-K7H                                                T1-M1     Main Steam Line (20C611)                                                                              High Radiation        <

10C609 B21H-K3A T2-M2 -38" vessel level (20C609)

                   -,                                                                             10C611- B21H-K3C                                                          T2-M2     -38" Vessel Level (20C609) 9.1.2.4                         If the Main Steam from Reactor sample point has been' isolated, contact the Control Room and request Shift Operations to defeat the isolation signal by placing jumpers across the following contacts:

SHIFT APPROVAL IS REQUIRED FOR THIS STEP ISOLATION VALVE PANEL RELAY CONTACTS SIGNAL HV-41-lF084 10C622 B21H-K23A T3-M3 -38" Vessel Level (20C622) High Steam Line 1 Radiation

                                       .HV-41-lF085                                           10C633       B21H-K23D                                                 -T3-M3           -38" Vessel Level (20C633)                                                                                 High Steam Line i                                                                                                                                                Radiation

~ 9.1.2.5 Assign the appropriate number of group members to obtain the necessary equipment tl to collect and transport the sample to r the Chemistry Hot Lab. l'

                      .I                                           9.1.2.6                         Brief the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Members on the following:
                      ,l                                                                           A. Communications equipment and channel l                                                                                                   B. Type of sample (s) to be collected C. Location of sample points

! D. Suggested routes to be taken , E. Sample transport technique F. Projected amount of time required to j ( collect and transport the sample i 1 l __, - --. _ _ _ . - - _ . _ . - - . _ . - _ . _ _ . . . ~ - . ~ . - , . ~ . _ _ . . _ _ _ , ~ , . . _ _ _ . _ . . _ , . . _ . . _ .._

l

 ;~                                                             EP-235 Rev. 3 Page 6 of 11 g

TJY/mov (' G. Review of the procedures to be followed for sample collection,

       ..                              handling, preparation and analysis
                      .           H. Proper completion of Data Sheets 9.1.2.7  Appoint-Group Member (s) to prepare the Hot Lab for receiving the sample.

USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES AS GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF THE HOT LAB. EP-241 (LIQUID) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Liquid Samples EP-242 (IODINE) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate Filters and Iodine Cartridges EP-243 (GAS) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples 9.1.2.8 Dispatch the chemistry sampling and analysis team members to the OSC for Health Physics Support if radiological conditions permit or other appointed location as determined by the Plant l Survey Group Leader. 9.1.3 The Health Physics Technician shall: 9.1.3.1 Determine which route shall be used to L collect and transport the sample. L 9.1.3.2 Take appropriate radiation survey l equipment and ensure that equipment is functional and calibrated. 9.1.3.3 Provide Group Members with the appropriate dosimetry, protective clothing and respiratory equipment. I-I l

l, EP-235 Rev. 3 Paga 7 of 11 TJY/mey + j~ 9.1.3.4 -Perform a pre-job briefing with the Chemistry technicians assigned to obtain the sample to discuss the following: A. RWP requirements B. Routes to be used C. Authorized dose's D. Radiological concerns and precautions E. Review of procedure for obtaining and transporting sample to hot lab F, Suggested methods to maintain exposures ALARA G. Stay times and Abort Criteria 9.1. 3 . 5. Provide constant coverage while obtaining, transporting and analyzing the reactor water sample. 9.1.3.6 Monitor dose rates enroute and at the 4 sample location, if upon entering the Power Block, if general area dose rates (unanticipated) exceed 10 R/hr gamma or i 10 rad /hr beta prior to arriving at the point specified below,' exit immediately and report-to Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader. i~ If the general area dose rate (unanticipated) exceeds 5 R/hr at the door leading to Rx. 253, leave the area immediately and report to Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader with this information. 9.1.3.7 Survey the sample area and sample cask. 9.1.3.8 Document the sample cask survey results l and give them to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader (or other designated group mevaer) when arriving at the hot lab. 9.1.3.9 Provide constant coverage during sample preparation and handling as specified in EP-241. i

     . , .        .      - - ,   - - - ~ , - - , ~ . . - - - , - , . , . , - _ , - . - . , - , , _ . - - - - - , ~ ~ . - . - _ , , . , - . , . - - , - . . _ , , , - - , -             . . _ . _ - . , - , , , ,
              ..         l' C EP-235 Rev. 3 Page 8 of 11 TJY/mav   1
      *{    -

9.1.4 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Members shall: 9.1.4.1 Assemble for a pre-job briefing at the chemistry lab 9.1.4.2 Inform the Group Leader if they are-approaching the Administrative Exposure

                                        . Guidelines, or may not have sufficient exposure remaining to successfully complete the assigned task.

9.1.4.3 Obtain'the necessary equipment to collect i the sample and ensure that the hot lab is ready to accept the sample. PROPERLY LABEL ALL SAMPLE CONTAINERS 9.1.4.4 Once the Group has been briefed and the l appropriate equipment has been assembled, l- proceed to the OSC or other designated l location for HP coverage. Once briefed il by Health Physics, collect the reactor

                                       ~ water sample as follows:
         -4                             A. Proceed to.the RWCU Sample Station in l'

i the Reactor Building. B. Request the Health Physics Technician I to survey the area, concentrating on the sample sink. C. Proceed to the predetermined grab sample point. D. Ensure that a flow is present. If not, attempt to initiate flow by opening root valves. If flow is not established, exit and consult Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader E. SAMPLING METHOD l I Obtain a 2 oz. sample (or less if

activity is extreme) in a 4 oz.

bottle. Use tongs or other remote l handling tools for sample collection if required. When required amount of l sample is obtained remove bottle from hood, quickly place lid on bottle and

   -{

j transport with tongs, other remote tools, or lead shielded carrying container.

    ~*'
                       'l                                                 EP-235 Rav. 3 Page 9 of 11 TJY/mey
   . t' F. Have the HP Technician survey the vial and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate in Appendix EP-235-1.

G. Complete the Data Sheet in Appendix l EP-235-1. H. Take the sample to the hot lab retracing one of the previously suggested routes.

                ~'

9.1.4.5 Upon introduction of the sample into the hot lab, the sample will be handled and stored in a manner that personnel exposures are kept ALARA. _7 9.1.4.6 Contact the Group Leader as soon as the

            ~

sample reaches the hot lab and inform him that the sample collection has been completed and what the sample status is. 9.2 FOLLOW-UP -

                        ~

9.2.1 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group

          >J'                               Members shall:

s 9.2.1.1 Prepare, handle and analyze the sample-using EP-241, Sample Preparation and

                            '               Handling of Highly Radioactive Liquid Samples.

A. Properly in place and shielded, the sample will be processed remotely (where and when possible). Careful handling of the sample is mandatory in preparation for analysis to minimize radiological conditions. 9.2.1.2 Report the results to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader. 9.2.1.3 Properly file the data sheets and report back to the Group Leader for re-assignment. J 9.2.1.4 Return all sampling equipment to the CHEMISTRY EMERGENCY CABINET. 9.2.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall: (

      .?
 ..                          ,-                                                   EP-235 Rev. 3 Page 10 of 11 TJY/mev f

(' 9.2.2.1 Notify Shift Supervision that a sample has been taken and the aligned valves may be returned to the " NORMAL" position (i.e. Remove Jumpers). 9.2.2.2 Ensure Group Member (s) dose is monitored to ensure that exposure limits have not been exceeded. 9.2.2.3 Inform the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader that the required sample is in the hot lab. 4 9.2.2.4 Direct Group Members to refer to EP-241, Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Liquid Samples for guidance for sample preparation and handling. 9.2.2.5 Obtain and review ALL Data Sheets and report the sample results to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader and attach all Data Sheets to l Appendix EP-230-2. l r 9.2.2.6 Obtain sample station key from Group l Member. 6 9.2.3 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall: 9.2.3.1 Report the results to the Emergency Director and the Health Physics and Chemistry,.. Coordinator (EOF). i

10.0 REFERENCES

10.1 EP-230 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation 10.2 M-23 P&ID, Sh. 3, Rev. 12 Process Sampling 10.3 M-102 General Arrangement Plan at el. 217'-0" 10.4 M-103 General Arrangement Plan at el. 239'-0"

                                             & 253'-0" 10.5    EP-241 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Liquids
           .*                                                         EP-235 Rev. 3 Pago 11 of 11 TJY/msv l

A_PPENDIX EP-235-1 k DATA SHEET Reactor Water Grab Sample DATE: _ TIME: _ SAMPLE LOCATION: UNIT 1 ^ _ UNIT 2 j SAMPLE POINT: INLET _ i _

1. REACTOR WATER CLEAN UP FILTER DEMIN _

REACTOR WATER RECIRCULATION INLET 2. 3 MAIN STEAM FROM REACTOR VOLUME: _ _ I INITIAL CONTACT DOSE RATE _ _ ANALYZED FOR: _ h NAME: _

                                                                                      =

s 4 I

   "Il                   "

3842106730 2 l F=

                                                                                                               "Q8"*?1  1 ,

JY/jmv PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY

                                                                                                             ~

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION

  .                                                          EMERGENCY ~ PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE q

EP-236 OBTAINING COOLING TOWER BLOWDOWN LINE WATER SAMPLES 1 i FOLLOWING RADIOACTIVE LIQUID R73 LEASE AFTER ACCIDENT

  • l' CONDITIONS
     ~~

1.O PURPOSE - The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines to obtain Blowdown Line water samples following radioactive liquid releases after accident conditions. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES , 2.1- The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall direct the group members in performing the steps necessary in this procedure. b . l- 3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-236-1 Data Sheet N l l-l- 4.0 PREREQUISITES 1 None . 5.0 .SPECIAL EQUIPMENT l 5.1 1 liter sample bottles with lids l 5.2 ' Plastic bags

          -l                               5.3          Tape                                     .
                                                                                                     '; 5. .           .

( ,. l 5.4 Marker / Pen C '- r j

           .l'                             5.5          Flash light I                                                                                                   I    j h ' 'l     i
r. ~ . _ _ . . .
             . l     ,                                                       EP-236 R2v. 2 y              ,,

Paga 2 of 10

         -                                  -*                                       7JY/jmv
                    ~ 6.0  SYMPTOMS None 7.0 ' ACTION LEVEL
                          '7 .1    This procedure shall be implemented when a Cooling Tower Blowdown Line wader sample shall be taken during an emergency situation.                                              .

8.0 PRECAUTIONS , 8.1 -Planned radiation exposures should be limited to the administrative guide levels in' Appendix EP-230-1 Emergency Exposure Guidelines. l 8.2 If the Plant Survey Team Leader in conjunction with Chemistry' Sampling and Analysis Team Leader determines i-that health physics coverage is not necessary, the steps performed by the health physics technician may be omitted. (. 2 9.0 PROCEDURE ~ 9.1 Actions l 9.1.1 (Interim) Chemistry Sampling and Analysis F Team Leader shall: y 9.1.1.1 After discussing the situation with the l, Emergency Director determine if a cooling tower blowdown line water sample is required. 9.1.1.2 Check the Plant Radiation Level Status Board to forecast anticipated radiological s conditions. , l 9.1.1.3 Contact the Personnel Safety Team Leader and check on the latest developments related to radiological conditions and inform him what sample (s) are to be taken and that Health Physics' coverage may be required. i

                                          ~ 9.1.1.4 Emargsncy DirGctor)RIqu et input from the g                                                                                 semple ayatcm cynilability.to accartain desired
          .                                9.1.1.5
       -(,

Determine what analyses are req Group Leader what analyses are required 9.1.1.6 - , . Request Emergency Exposure Authorizatio ns

              . ._ - )

from the Emergency Director for Group

  • Members (as required) and inform the Personnel. Safety Team Leader of this development.

9.1.1.7 , Group Leader to collect andssanalyz 9.1.2' cooling tower blowdown line water sample . i Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Grouper shall: Lead l 9.1.2.1 Select the appropriate sample point loctions exist where the sample mayFour from. be taken 9)y 4 2- - A. Units 1 and 2 Cooling Tower Blowdown Line sample points (SX-09-104-(204)) . Located in the pit between the Cooling Towers.

(.

B. Effluent grab sam to river sample pump discharge sample (ple (68-0061) and composite 68-0060) Panel OBC 5 Enclosure.80 in the located Holding behind PondControl 9.1.2.2 i Assign the appropriate number of group members to obtain the necessary equipment to collect and Chemistry transport Hot Lab. the sample to the h -l

9.1.2.3 u
            'l                                                          Group members on the following:Brief th A.

l Communications equipment and channel B.

        .l                                                                          Type of sample (s) to be collected C.

l Location of sample points n D. .} ! Suggested routes to be taken \ ~ l i g=i-pv-ev**wem " r*

  • r w e98--*1PN-we-ewWw **N- -P-**weeme+_ _ _ -]*--r'
                                 ._.__...=...w.--......:.-          - .   . . . . .      . . . _

5-

           ,j' EP-236 Rev. 2 Page 4 of 10 TJY/jmv 0

I l E. Sample transport technigpe F. Projected amount of time required to collect and transport the sample G. Review the procedures to be followed for sample collection, handling, preparation and analysis

                            ~

H. Special tools and equipment required for sample handling and/or collection l I. Proper completion of data sheets 9.1.2.4 Appoint one Group member to prepare the Hot Lab for receiving the sample. USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES AS GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF THE HOT LAB. EP-241 (LIQUID) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Liquid Samples EP-242 (IODINE) Sample Preparation and

( Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate -

Filters and Iodine Cartridges l EP-243 (GAS) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly l Radioactive Gas Samples - 9.1.2.5 Dispatch the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Members to the OSC if necessary, or i directly to the sample point of radiological l conditions permit or other appointed location as determined by the Plant Survey Group Leader. 9.1.3 The Health Physics Technician if called upon shall: 9.1.3.1 Determine which route should be used for l collecting and transporting the sample. 9.1.3.2 Take appropriate radiation survey equipment and ensure that equipment is functional and calibrated.

l . EP ,?36 Rav. 2

            '                                                                       Page 5 of 10 TJY/jmv-(

9.1.3.3 dosimetry, protective clothing andProvid respiratory equipment. 9.1.3.4 Perform a pre-job briefing with the

                          ^

sample to discuss the following: Chemis A. RWP requirements

                  - r                 '

B. Routes to be used C. Authorized doses D. Radiological concerns and precautions E. Review of procedure for obtaining and transporting sample to hot lab F. Suggested ALARA methods to maintain exposures ' G. Stay times and Abort Criteria . [ 9.1.3.5 Provide constant coverage while obtaining transporting required. and analyzing the sample, if , 9.1.3.6 Document the sample'aurvey results and give __ them to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader (or other designated grou member) when arriving at the hot lab. p ,

,                            9.1.3.7 Provide constant coverage during sample preparat-lon 241, if required.and handling as specified in EP 9.1.4 Members shall: Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group 9.1.4.1     Assemble for a chemistry lab.        pre-job briefing at the 9.1.4.2 Inform the Group Leader if they are                              k approaching the Administrative exposurv guidelines, or may not have sufficient
                                        -the assigned task. exposure remaining to successfully com    '--

9.1.4.3 I Obtain the.necessary equipment to collect the sample and ensure that the hot lab is ready to accept the sample. L_

              -l
  • EP-236 Rev. 2 Page 6 of 10
 ,'.                -                                                                                                                                   TJY/jmv J                                                                           PROPERLY LABEL ALL SAMPLE CONTAINERS 9.1.4.4        OncetheGrouphasbeenbeiehedandthe appropriate equipment has been assembled,
                                                                          - proceed to the OSC or other designated location if necessary for HP coverage, or to appropriate sampling location and retrieve the water sample using the following.

A. COOLING TOWER BLOWDOWN LINE GRAB SAMPLE

1) Proceed to the desired sample poi'nt
(SX-09-104, 204).

' 2) Position a one liter sample bottle under the sample point.

                                                                                              -3)                 Open SX-09-104, -204 and fill sample                            ,

bottle.

4) Close SX-09-104, -204.
5) Place lid on sample bo*tle and

. secure. if '

6) Place in a plastic bag and secure with tape.
7) Re' turn switch opened in step No. 2 to the desired position.

l 8) Proceed to step 9.1.4.5. B. EFFLUENT TO RIVER SAMPLE PUMP DISCHARGE LINE GRAB SAMPLE

1) Proceed to Control Panel OBC 580.
2) Verify that switch HS68-003A (Effluent to River Sample Pump.

0AP900) or HS68-003B (Effluent to River Sample Pump OBP900) is on.  ;

3) Open back panel and locate sample ,

point. (Valve 68-0061).

4) Ensure that a flow is present. If not, attempt to initiate flow by opening root valves. If flow is not
   ,                                                                                                              established, contact Chemistry                                  ,

if Sampling and Analysis Group Leader i

                                                                                                                                                                                  ~
for alternate sample points.
5) Obtain a one liter grab sample.
        /                                  >
          -   -           ..- .~. ,_-.,- ,,.,..~ ...., , _ _.          .mme,,,mm.m,_.,,_,,,m-,_,,,,,..,,.-r,,_e_,                           .      ,_,,,.-n.v..,---mw-

EP-236 Rsv. 2 Pcga 7 of 10 TJY/jmv ef-

6) Place lid on sample bottle and
ia secure. ,
   ~
7) Place in a plastic bag and secure with tape.
8) Return switch opened in step No. 2 to the desired position.
9) Have the HP Technician survey the sample and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate on Appendix EP- ,

~ -- --

                                        .                            236-1.

l_ 10) Proceed to step 9.1.4.5. C. EFFLUENT TO RIVER SAMPLE PUMP DISCHARGE LINE COMPOSITE SAMPLE

1) Proceed to Control Panel OBC 580.
2) Verify that & witch HS68-003A
l (Effluent to River Sample Pump OAP900) or HS68-003B (Effluent to River Sample Pump OBP900) is on.

d 3) Open back panel and locate composite sampling container. (Valve 68-0061).

4) From the composite sampling bottle

, throughly mix the sample and j~ transfer a 1 liter dip sample to an j appropriate sample bottle.

5) Place lid on sample bottle and secure.
6) Place in a plastic bag and secure l

with tape.

7) Return switch opened in step No. 2 to the desired position.
8) Have the HP Technician survey the sample and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate on Appendix EP-l 236-1. ,

l 9.1.4.5 Complete the Data Sheet in Appendix EP-236-2.

     --_~ .        ___.__ __ _ __n        _ - . _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _               ._   ._

i._.. _.. ;: ;_- '

                                                                                                                                                                      . .          Z__._               _-  'L...
          ' ' "'" l  .

EP-236 Rav. 2 Page 8 of 10 TJY/jmv I 9.1.4.6 Transport the sample to the phemistry Hot Lab by retracing.the route back from the sample point. 9.1.4.7 Cron introduction of the sample into the Hot - ; Lab, the sample will be handled and stored  ; in a manner that personnel exposures are kept ALARA. ._ 9.1.4.8 Contact the Group Leader as soon as the  !,

         - - -                                                                             saLJ1e reaches the Hot Lab and inform him
                                                                                         - that the sample collection has been completed and what the sample status is.

9.2 Follow-up 9.2.1 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader i shall: 9.2.1.1 Report the results to the (Interim) Emergency Director Dose Assessment Team ) Leader and ,the Health Physics and Chemistry Coordinator (EOF). b 9.2.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall: 9.2.2.1 Complete Appendix EP-236-1.

9.2.2.2 Have the group member (s) dose monitored to ensure that exposure limits have not been -

exceeded. 9.2.2.3 Inform the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis l Team Leader that the required sample is in l the Counting Room. . ir 9.2.2.4 Direct group memeber to refer to EP-241 Sampling Preparation and Handling of radioactive liquid samples for guidance for sample preparation and handling. 9.2.2.5 Obtain and review all data sheets and report the sample results to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader and attach all data sheets to Appendix EP-230-2. 9.2.3 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group members shall: 9.2.3.1 Prepare, handle and analyze the sample using EP-241, Sample Preparation and Handling of l Radioactive Liquid Samples.

EP-236 R3v. 2 l, Pcgn 9 of 10

                  .-                                                                                                                                    TJY/jmv 9.2.3.2       Report the results to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader..                                           ,

9.2.3.3 Properly file the analysis report and report

 -                                                                      back to the Group Leader for reassignment.

9.2.3.4 Return all sampling equipment to the CHEMISTRY EMERGENCY CABINET. _

10.0 REFERENCES

10.1 EP-230 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation 10.2 M-09 P&ID, Sh. 1, Rev. 29, Circulating Water l 10.3 M-68 P&ID, Rev. 4, Plant Waste Water Effluent 10.4 EP-241 - Sample Preparation and Handling of

                     ~.

Radioactive Liquid Samples s i i l

                                                                                              .-.-,-,n,~,,---,,.--,-n,,--.nn---.-,n--.-,,n,-w,                    ----
          .,l         *,                                                               EP-236 R2v. 2
          ,"                                                                           Pcga 10 of 10 1 ,.                                                                                                 TJY/jmv

['

   . s-                                  APPENDIX EP-236-1 DATA SHEET
               .l DATE:-

TIME: 9 SAMPLE LOCATION: TYPE OF SAMPLE: VOLUME: l ANALYSIS REQUIRED: I [ l e b i 6 NAME: I e f l

 .                                         - - - - - - - - , - - ~       - - - - - ~ ~ ~ ~ - - ~ ~ ~ ' ' ' ' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -

1

   ^,       =     -

3842106740 EP-237 Rav. 3 Peg 2 1 of 19 TJY RR/jmv ( PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY

        -                                    LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EP-237 THE NORTH VENT WIDE RANGEROMGAS (WRGM) 1.0       PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelin                es    for the obtaining   particulate  / iodine  and/or gas North Vent WRGM following accident conditions samples           from 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 direct the group members toThe Chemistry Sampling necessary in this procedure. perform the steps 3.0        APPENDICES 3.1      EP-237-1   Data Sheet 4.0

_ PREREQUISITES Prior to entering the plant to obtain the sample , ensure that the iodine cartridges and particulate filter papers a re , i adequate and properly installed by verifying ae t I filters from properly the North Vent Wide Range Gas Monitor (WRGM) completed. is 5.0 k SPECIAL EQUIPMENT b. O. g  ;. 3,.-- r l '.' t, 62 0 l 5.1 .** ' . .s.:r g} 3-off gas vials with septums '  ; i 1 5.2 Adjustable wrench !( [. - l 5.3 Channel lock pliers L ' a. J h t VA!.!3 !!1Y WiiEN FID 0

EP-237 R;v. 3 Prgo 2 of 19

  • TJY/JRR/jmv
   *l 5.4 Extremity dosimetry l

5.5 Extra filter l 5.6 Extra cartridge l Mininert-septum valve l 5.7 5.8 Transport cask 1 Designated remote handling tools l 5.9 5.10 Plastic bags

   ~~)

5.11 Screwdriver l 6.0 SYMPTOMS None 7.0 ACTION LEVEL d when a particulate,from the N { This procedure shall be implementeiodine or g during an emergency situation. 8.0 PRECAUTIONS be limited to the dix EP-230-1 8.1 Planned radiation exposures shouldad Emergency Exposure Guidelines. 8.2 Do not use elevators. worn when obtaining samples 8.3 Eye protection should be from the sample stations. ics Technician may Continuous coverage by a Health Permit. Phys 8.4 substitute for the Radiation Work (

l EP-237 Rev. 3

   *           ~ *-

Paga 3 of 19

f. . TJY/JRR/jmv
       .{             9.0            PROCEDURE 9.1,      Actions 9.1.1       (Interim) Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall:

9.1.1.1 After discussing the situation with the (Interim) Emergency Director, determine if a filter / cartridge or gas sample is required

                                                    ,     from the North Vent WRGM.                                     .
           ~

9.1.1.2 Check the Plant Radiation Level Status Board to forecast anticipated radiological

                           .                             conditions.

l 9.1.1.3 Contact the Personnel Safety Team Leader and check on the latest developments related to radiological conditions and inform him what rample(s)'are to be taken and that Health Physics ccVerage is required. 9.1.1.4 Request input from the Control Room (via Emergency Director) to ascertain desired sample system availability.

        ^

9.1.1.5 Determine what analyses are required and i

                         ,                               inform the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader what analyses are required.         If an Iodine / Particulate sample is to be taken, recommend sampling time.

9.1.1.6 Request Emergency Exposure Authorizations from the Emergency Director for Group ' Members (as required) and inform the , .l Personnel Safety Team Leader of this development. 9.1.1.7 Direct the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader to collect and analyze the i appropriate samples. 9.1.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall: l 9.1.2.1 Assign the appropriate number of group members to obtain the necessary equipment to collect and transport the sample to the Chemistry Hot Lab. 4 , ( i

           ..         .-     - . . - , , - - -         . _ . - , . . . .  ~                               _ _ - _ . - -

3 EP-237 RaV-pega 4 Of 19

l. TJY/JRR/jmv of sample (s) are to Determine what type (s) 9.1.2.2 be taken:
         ]

( Local Particulate / Iodine Sample A. B. Remote Particu, late / Iodine Sample C. Gas Grab Sample Brief the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis 9.1.2.3 Group members on the following: 1 A. Communications equipment and channel to

       ~~l                                       Type and sampling time of sample (s)

B. l be collected C. Location of sample point l D. Suggested routes to be taken I E. Sample transport technique l F. Projected amount of time required to l collect and transport the sample G. Review of the procedures to be followed s l for sample collection, handling, preparation and analysis required for H. Special tools and equipmentsample ha l I. Proper completion of Data Sheets. l to prepare the Hot l 9 . '. 2 . 4 Appoint Group member (s) Lab for receiving USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES b FOR PREPARATION OF THE HO? LAB. EP-241 (LIQUID)Handling Sample Preparation of Highly and Radioactive Liquid Samples. Sample Preparation and EP-242 (IODINE) Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate Filters and Iodine Cartridges. (

EP-237 Rev. 3 PEga 5 of 19

      -{'

EP-243 (GAS) TJY/JRR/jmv s Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly

 '               l                                              Radioactive Gas Satples.

l 9.1. 2. 5 ' , l' i Team members to the OSC for H nalysis ysics l Support if radiological conditions permit or other the appointed Plant Survey Group location Leader. as determined by

            ~~            9.1.3 The Health Physics Technician shall:

9.1.3.1 , collect and transport the sample. o De 9.1.3.2 Take appropriate radiation survey equi pment and ensure that equipment is functional calibrated. and 9.1.3.3 Dosimetry, Protective Clothing Respiratory Equipment. ae andP 9.1.3.4 r Perform a pre-job briefing with the Chemistr sample, y technicians assigned to obtain the to discuss the following: A. RWP requirements B. Routes to be used C. Authorized doses

  • D.

Radiological concerns and precautions E. u i Review of procedure for obtaining and transporting sample to hot lab. i F. i Suggested ALARA methods to maintain exposures G.  ! I Stay times and Abort Criteria L 9.1.3.5 r Provide constant coverage while obtaini

                                    ' transporting and analyzing the sample ng, filter WRGM.   / cartridge and/or gas sample frometh                                ;

9.1.3.6 sample location. Monitor dose rates enroute to and ii I l r I __.___..--_.~..J____ -

Pcga 6 or 17 g TJY/JRR/jmv

       .e:                                                                the A.   'Upon entering the power block, surveyor shall-note trends in genera                        t

[ point. If general area dose rates i (unanticipated) exceed 10 R/hr gamma or

  '                                10 Rad /hr beta, prior to         arriving at the immediately                      j point specified below, report to Chemistry                   j S Analysis Group Leader. dose rates shall be d entry:
                        ,                                                     exceeds-B. If the dose rate El.     (unanticipated)5 exit the area R/hr 332', 352', or 411' immediately and report to Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader withWi this thaninformation.

5 R/hr., enter the desiredTake i elevation through that door.

 -{'

careful note of the dose rates. C.. If'using the route suggested in procedure-step 9.1.2.3, remember the If stairs general are nextdose area to the rate North Vent. (unanticipated) , exceeds 10 R/hr. gamma or 10 Ra ' report to Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader. Survey the sample area and sample cask.

     /

9.1.3.7 d , Document the sample cask survey results an l 9.1.3.8 give them to the Chemistry Sampling and i Analysis Group Leader (or othe 9.1.3.9 Provide constant coverage durin t 242 or 243. Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group 9.1.4 members shall: 4 Assemble for a pre-job briefing at the 9.1.4.1 chemistry lab. 3 i Inform the Group Leader if they are 9.1.4.2 approaching the administrative exposure guidelines or do not have sufficient  ! l

                                                                  -~             ~-~      - _ _ . _

I EP-237 R v. 3

                                                                  Pcg2 7 of 19 TJY/JRR/jmv exposure remaining to successfully complete k                       the assigned task.

9.1.4.3 Obtain the necessary equipment to collect the sample and ensure that the hot lab is l ready to accept the sample: l A. Properly label all sample containers. B. If a gas sample is to be taken, prepare

                                ~

three evacuated gas sampling vials by withdrawing from the sample vial (with a

              -- ~ 1                   syringe) the same volume that is to be
                ,   l                  injected as a sample.

l 9.1.4.4 Once the group has been briefed and the appropriate equipment has been assembled, proceed to the OSC or other designated location for Health Physics coverage. Once briefed by Health Physics perform the appropriate section for the desired sample: l A. For obtaining Local Particulate / Iodine Sample l B. For obtaining Remote Particulate / Iodine l Sample l C. For obtaining a Gas Grab Sample l' A. FOR OBTAINING LOCAL PARTICULATE / IODINE SAMPLE l 1. Proceed to the Control Room. l 2. Locate Control Room Panel 1; Timer / Control Assembly (RIX-26-076, KIC-26-076-1, KIC-26-076-2). l 3. Verify POWER switch is ON. l 4. Verify the green LED's on RIX-26-076 (NORTH STACK W.R. ACCIDENT) are lit. l 5. Press CLEAR. I

[ EP-237 R2v. 3 > Pcg3 8 of 19 TJY/JRR/jmv ( l 6. Press MON, 1, 3, 6, ITEM and the channel number will be displayed. Record channel number. CHANNEL NUMBER RANGE BUTTON 1 LOW RANGE 2 MID RANGE 3 HIGH RANGE

       .]              7. Push appropriate channel (RANGE) button. Record concentration.

l 8. Inform the Team Leader of the Range and Concentration and have him verify that the Estimated Sampling Time and Range Selection are feasible. Record the Range Selection and Sampling Time. l 9. Proceed to the appropriate Section for the desired sample: SECTION l A-1 LOW RANGE l A-2 MID/HIGH RANGE l A-1 LOW RANGE l 10. Proceed to the North Vent WRGM. l 11. Verify that the isolation valves (26-0026, 26-0027, 26-0028, 26-0029) on either side of the quick-disconnects for GRAB SAMPLE 1 are OPEN. l 12. Locate Sample Conditioning Skid Control Station Electrical Enclosure. Open lid and set HSS 076-2, SKID CONTROL switch to LOCAL. l 13. Verify the green REMOTE CONTROL DISABLE lamp is lit. l 14. Verify that the POWER DISCONNECT

     .                       SFITCH is ON.

(

I EP-237 R3v. 3 Pcg2 9 of 19 TJY/JRR/jmv l

15. On the Sample Detection Skid, ensure

( that the PUMP ON LOW green light is lit. If not, place the following

        -'                         switches in the appropriate position:

RANGE SWITCH NO. NAME POSITIO_N_ LOW HSS-26-076-8 Low Pump ON HS-26-076-10 Flow Control RAND

                           *                           (Low)
           ---                       HSS-26-076-6      Flow Control     OPEN (Low) l
16. Ensure that the PUMP ON LOW green light is lit. If not, exit the area.

l_ 17. Record position (A or B) of HSS 076-4, FILTER SELECTOR LOW RANGE switch. l

18. Turn HSS-26-076-4 to GRAB 1 position-and immediately record the time as TIME-1 and record the flow from FI-I 26-076-2.

l

19. After the desired time has expired, turn HSS-26-076-4 to position A or B and immediately record the time as TIME-2 and record the position.
                -l           20. Close the isolation valves (26-0026, 26-0027, 26-0-28, 26-0029).

l

21. Release the band on the holder assembly and immediately have the HP Technician survey the sample and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate.
22. Remove the cartridge and filter paper and place into an appropriate transport cask.

l 23. Install a new cartridge and filter paper into the assembly. l 24. Reclip the band on the holder assembly. (

                .l                                                               EP-237 R3v. 3 Paga 10 of 19 TJY/JRR/jmv j                               25. Open the isolation valves (26-0026,
 ,(  .

26-0027, 26-0028, 26-0029). l

26. Place the'following switches in the appropriate position:

RANGE SWITCH MO. NAME POSITION

                                 ,,                LOW    HSS-26-076-8    Low Pump          AUTO HS-26-076-10    Plow Control      AUTO
                                >                                          (Low)

HSS-26-076-6 Flow Control OPEN l~3 '4 (Low) l ,- l

27. Set HSS-26-076-2, SKID CONTROL switch to REMOTE.
)

S $ 28. Close Sample Conditioning Skid

               .]l                                     Control Station Electrical Enclosure lid and secure.

l l' 29. Transport the sample to the Chemistry Hot Lab. l A-2 MID/HIGH RANGE { l 10. ProceedLto the North Vent WRGM. l l

11. Verify that the isolation valves 3.
                                                       .(26-0021, 26-0022, 26-0023, 26-0024) on either side of the quick-disconnects for GRAB SAMPLE 2 are OPEN.

l

12. Locate Sample Conditioning Skid i

Control Station Electrical L ' Enclosure. Open lid and set HSS 076-2, SKID CONTROL switch to LOCAL. I l

13. Verify the green REMOTE CONTROL DISABLE lamp is lit.

l t-l

14. Verify that the POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH is ON.

l' ' l ( . l l' L

l EP-237 Rov. 3

              '                                               Paga 11 of 19 TJY/JRR/jmv
 ~

( l

15. On the Sample Detection Skid, ensure that the PUMP ON MID/HIGH green light is lit. If not, place the following switches in the appropriate position:

RANGE SWITCH NO. NAME POSITION MID/ HSS-26-076-7 Mid/High ON HIGH Pump HS-26-076-9 Flow Control HAND (Mid/High) ESS-26-076-5 Flow Control OPEN (Mid/High) l

16. Ensure that the PUMP ON MID/HIGH green light is lit. If not, exit the area.

l

17. Record position (C or D) of HSS 076-3, FILTER SELECTOR HIGH RANGE switch.

l

18. Turn HSS-26-076-3 to GRAB 2 position

{- and immediately record the time as TIME-1 and record the flow from FI-26-076-1. l

19. After the desired time has expired, turn HSS-26-076-3 to position C or D and immediately record the time as TIME-2 and record the position.
                .l
20. Close the isolation valves (26-0021, 26-0022, 26-0023, 26-0024).

l

21. Open the door to the holder assembly and immediately have the HP Technician survey the holder assembly and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate.

l

22. Release the quick-disconnects on either side of the holder assembly and place the holder assembly inuo an appropriate transport cask or unlatch the holder assembly and place the cartridge and filter paper into an appropriate transport cask.

( l 23. Install a new holder assembly l complete with cartridge and filter l

se-zJ/ Rav. 3 Paga 12 of 19

           -                                                                                                                      TJY/JRR/jmv paper or install only a new l                                                                 cartridge and filter paper as

( l l

                              '                                              applicable.
            ]
24. Close the door to the holder assembly.
25. Open the isolation valves (26-0021, l 26-0022, 26-0023, 26-0024).
26. Place the following switches in the l ~

appropriate position: SWITCH NO. NAME POSITION RANGE Mid/High AUTO MID/ HSS-26-076-7 Pump HIGH HS-26-076-9 Flow Control AUTO , (Mid/High) HSS-26-076-5 Flow Control OPEN (Mid/High)

27. Set HSS-26-076-2, SKID CONTROL l switch to REMOTE.
28. Close Sample Conditioning Skid l Control Station Electrical Enclosure t- lid and secure.
29. Transport the sample to the l Chemistry Hot Lab.

B. FOR OBTAINING REMOTE PARTICULATE / IODINE

l SAMPLE
1. Proceed to the Control Room.

l

2. Locate Control Room Panel l Timer / Control Assembly (RIX-26-076, KIC-26-076-1, KIC-26-076-2).
3. Verify POWER switch is ON.

l

4. Verify SKID CONT-REMOTE light is l lit.

IF SKID CONT-REMOTE LIGHT IS NOT LIT AND SKID CONT-LOCAL LIGHT IS LIT, THEN THE SAMPLE CONDITION SKID CONTROL STATION ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE LID IS OPEN AND/OR THE SKID CONTROL ( 4 i

                        -r.,.   -- ,---,- ,wa,, , - < , . -,,. -     --yw.-  ,,...%,.,,-,m        m,,,.ew- ,~-.w.~,m-~v..          - - - - - - . - - , - , ,-.-,.m. - . _ , , , - . ___

EP-237 Rev. 3 J Paga 13 of 19 TJY/JRR/jmv SWITCH (HSS-076-2) IS IN THE LOCAL ( POSITION. Tell group leader remote sample is

                   ,                                                impossible and ask for further instructions.

S. Verify the green LED's on RIX-26-076 l (NORTH STACK W.R. ACCIDENT).

6. Press CLEAR.

l

7. Press MON, 1, 3, 6, ITEM and the l channel number will be displayed.

Record channel number. 4 CHANNEL NUMBER RANGE BUTTON 1 LOW RANGE 2 MID RANGE 3 HIGH RANGE

8. ~ Push appropriate channel (Range) l button. Record concentration.
9. Inform the Team Leader of the Range
      !          l                                                      and Concentration and have him verify that the Estimated Sampling time and Range Selection is feasible. Record range selection and sampling time.
10. Proceed to the following section for l the appropriate Range:

SECTION l B-1 LOW RANGE B-2 MID/HIGH RANGE B-1 LOW RANGE l l 11. Record letter (A or B) of prefilter l l in service (HSS-26-076-10). i 12. Set KIC-26-076-2, LOW RANGE GRAB l l SAMPLE TIMER, to the desired sample l time by use of the screwdriver adjustment and record the SAMPLING l TIME. k 1

     .~                   -  - - , - .. . - , .      - ,, -        .,- - ---, - ,.- - ~--. . ,,,,- -- - - ..-.-. --- . . . - , .                     .

l EP-237 Rev. 3 Page 14 of 19 TJY/JRR/jmv i

       .{
       ~

l 13. Press START TIMER pushbutton (HS 076-2) and verify the timer display

      ,c                                             is counting. Record the time as
         ,                                          TIME-1.

l 14. Press MON, 0, 2, 8, ITEM and the flow will be displayed. Record the flow.

                  ~l'                          15. When the timer stops counting, grab sample has been taken. Record time

_,, as TIME-2. l 16. Press CLEAR. l 17. Turn HSS-26-076-10 to the desired prefilter and record the letter (A or B) or prefilter in service. l 18. Proceed to the North Vent WRGM. GROUP MEMBERS AT THE WRGM PERFORM: l 13. Close the isolation valves (26-0026, 26-0027, 26-0028, 26-0029) on each

      .,                                            side of the quick-disconnects on GRAB SAMPLE 1.   ,

l 20. Release the band on the holder assembly and immediately have the HP Technician survey the sample and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate. Remove the cartridge and filter paper and place into an appropriate transport cask. I l 21. Install a new cartridge and filter , paper into the assembly and reclip

the band.

t l. 22. Open the isolation valves (26-0026, i 26-0027, 26-0028, 26-0029). l 23. Transport the sample to the Chemistry Hot Lab.

                 -l                            B-2 MID/HIGH RANGE l                            11. Record letter (C or D) of prefilter in service (HSS-26-076-9).

e, EP-239 h . 7 Paga 15 of 19 TJY/JRR/jmv

     -l MID'HIGH RANGE
12. Set KIC-26-076-1, to the desired GRAB SAMPLE TIMER, d
l. sample time by use of.thescrewdriv the SAMPLING TIME. (HS ly
13. Press START TIMER pushbutton 076-1) and verify Record thethe timer time disp as a l
l. is counting. '

I TIME-1. 2, ITEM and the Record the

14. Press MON, 0, 7, flow will be displayed.
     ~   
             -l                                                                                        flow.

i grab

15. When the timer stops count ng, Record tim sample has been taken.

l as TIME-2.

16. Press CLEAR. j desired (C

l 17.prefilterTurn HSS-26-076-9 and record theto the letter l or D) or prefilter in service. WRGM.

18. Proceed to the North Vent RM:

l GROUP MEMBERS valvesAT(26-0021,THE WR each

19. Close the isolation on l

26-0022, 26-0023, 26-0024) o GRAB SAMPLE 2. ssembly l 20. Open the door to the holder a and immediately have the HP il _l Technician survey the holde Contact Dose Rate. ts on mbly

21. Release the quick-disconnec into l either side of the holder asse l
   ~

l and place the holder bly. assem l

22. Install a new holder assem valves (26-0021, l

/ l 23. Open the isolation 26-0022, 26-0 h I

24. Transport the sample to t e Chemistry Hot Lab.

l fs _ . _ . . _ _ . . _ . _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ . _ . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - . . . _ . _ . . _ . _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . _ _ . _ _ . . ~ . .

        .                                                          EP-237 Rav. 3 Page 16 of 19       l
                    -l                                               TJY/JRR/jmv       i
                           'C.
                    -l            FOR OBTAINING A GAS GRAB SAMP
1. _

l

2. Proceed to the North Vent WRGM .

l Verify that the green OPERATE lig on the RM80/J BOX. assembly is on.ht 3. Verify that Power Disconnect Switch on. on Sample Detection Skid assembly is

        ~.}

4. PUMP lights areONlit. MID/HIGH or both g I S. LOW RANGE FLOW switches visual flow meters on sample l detection skid are indicating flow

6. .

1 Locate that it issample closed. tap valve and verify 4-7. l' and verify valve is closed. Remov 7. ( l Open sample tap valve.

9. Open-septum valve.

I 10. Insert the 1.0 ml microsyringe through the septum valve and the septum valve into the tee l connection. l .

11. Flush the microsyringe by tak l

l into the sample tee two times .

12. Take a 1.0 ml sample and remove the >

microsyringe from the sample tee.

l 14.4 ml off gas vial. Inject the sample in  ;

l

13. Place the vial into an appropriate Hot Lab. container for transportation to the I
l. 14. Close the septum valve.
15. Close the sample tap valve.

I . - _ _ . .

                             .~
               .           l L,
             "(            l                                                                     16. Record the sample volt Appendix EP-237-3.

l 17. Have the HP Techniciar vial and record the Ir. Dose Rate. l 18. Transport the sample * .:he by retracing the routt . t:k: :. sample station. _.] 9.1.4.5' Upon introduction of the samp: into $he lab, the sample will be handl-- and st0tec in a manner that personnel ex; sures JE8

                                                                                           .kept ALARA.

l 9.1.4.6 Contact the Group Leader as scon as TBS

           '                                                                                 sample reaches the hot lab and inform hl8 that the sample collection has been completed and what the sample status is.

9.2 Follow-up 9.2.1 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group members shall:

                '1' 9.2.1.1                    Complete Appendix EP-237-1.
                                                               ,  9.2.1.2                    Prepare, handle and analyze the sample Us1RI EP-242 or EP-243.
     <c-9.2.1.3                    Report the results to the Chemistry SamP11nt and Analysis Group Leader.

9.2.1.4 Properly file the Data Sheets and report back to the Group Leader for reassignment. 9.2.1.5 Return all sampling equipment to the 4 CHEMISTRY EMERGENCY CABINET. 9.2.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group LeadSI shall: 9.2.2.1 Ensure Group member (s) dose is monitettd %R ensure that exposure limits have not b488

                           )                                                                 exceeded.

9.2.2.2 Inform the Chemistry Sampling and Analysi8 Team Leader that the required sample is in the hot lab. f-

EP-237 Rov. 3 li

  • Pago 18 of 19 TJY/JRR/jmv

( 9.2.2.3 Direct group members to refer to EP-242 Sample Preparation and Handling of {' Radioactive Particulate and Iodine ~ Cartridges or EP-243 Sample P eparation & Handling of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples, for guidance for sample preparation and

                                        . handling.

9.2.2.4 Obtain and review ALL Data Sheets and report the sample results to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader and attach all Data Sheets to Appendix'EP-230-2. l 9.2.3 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader l shall: 9.2.3.1 Report the results to the Emergency Director and the Health Physics and Chemistry l Coordinator (EOF). l

10.0 REFERENCES

l 10.1 EP-230 - Chemistry Sampling And Analysis Team Activation

l. 10.2 M-102 - General Arrangement Plan At El. 217'-0" l 10.3 ~M-106 - General Arrangement Plan At El. 352'-0" x

l 10.4 General Arrangement Plan at El. 411'-0" 10.5 M-26 P&ID, Sh. 1, Rev. 8, Sh. 3, Rev. 3, Sh. 4, Rev. 3, - Plant Process Radiation Monitoring 10.6 EP-242 - Sample Preparation And Handling Of Highly Radioactive Particulate Filters And Iodine l Cartridges l 10.7 EP-243 - Sample Preparation And Handling Of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples l (

l EP-237 Rav. 3 ! Page 19 of 19 { o . TJY/JRR/jmv '

 ,           i                                   APPENDIX EP-237-1

( l DATA SHEET l Sample:- , 1 l Analysis: , Est. Sampling Time: I A. FOR OBTAINING LOCAL PARTICULATE / IODINE SAMPLE Channel number:' (1,2 or 3) Conc. Range Selection (Low or Mid/High) Sampling Time 4 l A-1. LOW RANGE. lA-2 MID/HIGH RANGE Prefilter (A or B) Prefilter (C or D) Time-1 Time-1 Flow (FI-26-076-2) Flow (FI-26-076-1) Time-2 Time-2 Prefilter (A or B) .Prefilter (C or D) Initial Contact Dose Rate Initial Contact Dose Rate l' B. FOR OBTAINING REMOTE PARTICULATE / IODINE SAMPLE Channel number: (1,2 or 3) Conc. Range Selection (Low or Mid/High) Sampling Time I l B-1 LOW RANGE IB-2 MID/HIGH RANGE l l' Prefilter (A or B) Prefilter (C or D) i Sampling Time . Sampling Time Time-1 Time-1 l Flow Flow l Time-2 Time-2 Prefilter (A or B) Prefilter (C or D) l Initial Contact Dose Rate Initial Contact Dose Rate i i l C. FOR OBTAINING A GAS GRAB SAMPLE Time Vol. ( NAME:

      ,-.I                                                                                                      -3842106750                                                     EP-238 Rev. 3 Page 1 of 9 y.

JY/mgd PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC. COMPANY

   }-                                                                                       LIMERICK GENERATING STATICJ:

EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 4 EP-238 OBTAINING LIQUID RADWASTE SAMPLES FROM RADWASTE SAMPLE SINK FOLLOWING ACCIDENT CONDITIONS

1. 0. PURPOSE -

The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines for consideration, prior to, during'and after obtaining samples from the radwaste sample sink, following accident conditions.

                   - 2. 0                  RESPONSIBILITIES f

I2.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall direct the group members in performing the steps necessary in this procedure. i 3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-238 Data Sheet O,

p. 4.0 PREREQUISITES I None l .

5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT l 5.1- 4 oz sample bottle with lid. 5.2 Tongs, remote tooling and/or lead carrying container i for holding the sample. l 5.3 Eye Protection. .pygy , Plastic bags. i b q FL l 5.4 ,= . .r . .: : ' 5.5 Sample station key. .-- .;f l (

                                                                                                                                                                                     .: =9
                                                                                                                                                                              ,)

bdUfE.YYiHENRED l . , , , . - , _ - - , , . , _ _ . - . _ _ , - . . , _ . . . . . , _ - . . _ . _ , _ . _ _ . . . _ . - . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - _ . . . . - _ - . - _ _ ,

            .j
  '                                                                      EP-238 Rev. 3 Page 2 of 9 TJY/mgd

( 6.0 SYMPTOMS None 7.0 ACTION LEVEL 7.1 This procedure shall be implemented when a Liquid Radwaste sample shall be taken from the Radwaste Sample Sink during an emergency situation. ' 8.0 PRECAUTIONS 8.1 Planned radiation exposures should be limited to the administrative guide levels in Appendix EP-230-1 Emergency Exposure Guidelines. 8.2 Eye protection should be worn by all personnel obtaining the sample. 8.3 Do NOT use elevators

    !                8.4 Continous coverage by a Health Physics Technician may substitute for the Radiation Work Permit  (RWP).

9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 9.1.1 (Interim) Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall: 9.1.1.1 After discussing the situation with the (Interim) Emergency Director, determine if a liquid radwaste sample is required. 9.1.1.2 Determine preference of the Sampling Point from M-23 P&ID, Sheet 1 Process Sampling. > 9.1.1.3 Check the Plant Radiation Level Status Board to forecast anticipated radiological conditions. (

               *l                                                EP-238 Rev. 3 Paga 3 of 9
  ' (:.

TJY/mgd

               'l. 9.1.1.4    Contact the Personnel Safety Team Leader and
       ' h.                    check on the latest developments related to radiological conditions and inform him what sample (s) are to be taken and that Health Physics' coverage is required.
-                   9.1.1.5    Request input from the Control Room (via Eraergency Director) to ascertain the desired sample sys?.em availability.

9.'l.1.6 Determine what analyses are required and inform the Chemistry Samp?ing and Analysis Group Leader what-ana1yses are required. 9.1.1.7 Request Emergency Exposure Authorizations from the Emergency Director for Group r Members (as required) and inform the Personnel. Safety Team Leader of this development. 9.1.1.8 Direct the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader to collect and analyze the , liquid sample from the radwaste sample sink (Radwaste Enclosure 162') 9.1.2 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader' shall: 9.1.2.1 Check with Shift Operations whether a sample can be taken from the desired sample point. (See M-23 P&ID, sheet 1 for reference). 9.1.2.2 Assign the appropriate number of group members to obtain the necessary equipment and collect and transport the sample to the Chemistry Hot Lab. j- l 9.1.2.3 Brief the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis

                    .            Group members on the following:

A. Communications equipment and channel. B. Type of sample (s) to be collected. l ._ ! C. Location of sample points. i D. Suggested routes to be taken. l E. Sample transport technique. g F. Projected amount of time required to 4 collect and transport the sample.

              .E                                                                                             '

EP-238 Rav 3 4, Page 4 of 9 TJY/mgd i v G. Review of the procedures to be followed

    ~('.

for sample collection, handling, preparation and analysis. H. Special tools and equipment required for sample handling and/or collection.

                                                                                          'I. Proper completion of Data Sheets.                                                                                   '
                                                                                 ~

9.1.2.4 Appoint one Group member to prepare the Hot

                                                                                        ,  Lab for receiving the sample.
           ~'

USE THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES AS GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF THE HOT LAB. EP-241 (LIQUID) Sample Preparacion and Handling of Highly Radioactive Liquid Samples EP-242 (IODINE) Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Particulate Filters and Iodine Cartridges

    ,                                                                                      EP-243 (GAS)                                Sample Preparation and.

i Handling of Highly Radioactive Gas Samples 9.1.2.5 Dispatch the-Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Members to the OSC for Health Physics j -l Support if radiological conditions permit or other appointed location as determined by the Plant Survey Group Leader. 9.1.3 The Health Physics Technician shall: l 9.1.3.1 Select the appropriate sample route. l 9.1.3.2 Take appropriate radiation survey equipment and ensure that equipment is functional and calibrated.

      .                                                                  9.1.3.3           Provide Group Members with the appropriate dosimetry, protective clothing and respiratory equipment.

lrt l i

                    . . . , . ~ . ~ . . _ - . , _ . - . _ . . . . . . - . , . . , _ . .          , , _ . , _   . . _ . - _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ , . . . _ _ . - _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ . . - . . ,

e -l EP 9.1.3.4 Perform a pre-job briefing with the { Chemistry technicians assigned to or sample to discuss the following: A. RWP requirements B. Routes to be used C. Authorized doses D. Radiological concerns and preca. E. Review of procedure for obtaini-transporting sample to hot lab 'i F. Suggested methods to maintainte:.

                                                                    ~

ALARA 7Ct-G. Stay times and Abort Criteria. 9.1.3.5 Provide constant coverage while obta transporting and analyzing the sampl-the Containment Leak Detector. 9.1.3.6 Monitor dose rates enroute and at the location. Upon entering the power blocs &WWA f surveyors will note trends in general fEkg %M radiation levels enroute to the Contail Leak Detector. If general area dose r irm4W% (unanticipated) exceed 10 R/hr gamma gett8 rad /hr beta prior to arriving at the p;* Cl "g specified below, exit immediately and 1Poirat to Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Grc report Leader. %P l If the general area dose rate ! (unanticipated) exceeds 5 R/hr at the leading to Rx. 162', leave the area t dOOF immediately and report to Chemistry S and Analysis Group Leader with this kapllR9 l information. 9.1.3.7 Surveythesampleareaandsamplecasg i 9.1.3.8 Document the sample cask survey resu give them to the Chemistry Sampling ts SRd Analysis Group Leader (or other desi 'hd group member) when arriving at the ',hated t lab. 9.1.3.9 Provide constant coverage during sa le ! ( t preparation and handling as specifi* 241. - in II" l-

               -j.

EP-238 Rsv. 3

.,. Page 6 of 9 TJY/mgd v

9.1.4 (. Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group members shall:

       -                       9.1.4.1             Assemble _for a pre-job briefing at the chemistry lab.

9.1.4'.2 Inform the Group Leader if they are approaching the administrative exposure guidelines, or may not have sufficient exposure remaining to successfully complete the assigned task. 1- 9.1.4.3 Obtain the necessary equipment to collect x the sample and ensure that the hot lab is ready to accept the sample. PROPERLY LABEL ALL SAMPLE CONTAINERS 9.1.4.4 Once_the group has been briefed and the appropriate equipment has been assembled, proceed to the OSC or other designated location for HP support. Once briefed by Health Physics, collect the sample as follows:

  -\
    ,                                            A.       Proceed to the Radwaste Sample Sink.

B. Have the H.P. Technician survey the area, concentratir.g on the Sample Sink C. . Proceed to the predetermined Grab , Sample Point.

  ~

D. Ensure that a flow is present. If not, attempt to initiate flow by opening root valves. If flow is not established, exit and consult Chemistry Sampling and Analysis' Group Leader. l E. SAMPLING METHOD Obtain a 2 oz. sample

,            l                                            (or less if activity is extreme) in a 4 oz bottle. Use tongs or other remote l                                          handling tools for sample collection if required. When required amount of sample is obtained remove bottle and transport with tongs, other remete tools, or lead carrying container.

F. Have the Health Physics Technician survey the vial and record the Initial Contact Dose Rate in Appendix EP-235-1.

r. I_ ,; l . EP-238 Rev. 3 Page 7 of 9 TJY/mgd-t G. t Complete the Data Sheet in Appendix EP-238-1. l H. Take the sample to the Hot Lab. 9.2 FOLLOW-UP 9.2.1 Members shall: Chemistry Sampling and Analysis G 9.2.1.1

            ~ - -

EP-241 Preparation Radioactive Liquids. and Handling . 9.2.1.2 and Analysis Group Leader. Report the resul 9.2.1.3 Properly file the data sheets and report l back to the Group Leader for reassignment. 9.2.1.4 l Return all sampling equipment to the CHEMISTRY EMERGENCY CABINET. 9.2.2 Chemistry shall: Sampling and Analysis Group Leader 9.2.2.1 Ensure Group Member ensure that exposure (s) dose is monitored to exceeded. limits have not been 9.2.2.2 Team Leader that the required sample the hot lab. 9.2.2.3 Direct Group Members to refer to EP-241 Sample Preparation and Handling of Radioactive Liquids ~for guidance for sample preparation and handling. 9.2.2.4 Obtain and review all Data Sheets and report and Analysis Team Leader and attach a Sheets to Appendix EP-230-2. l 9.2.2.5 Obtain sample station key from Group Member. 9.2.3 Chemistry shall: Sampling and Analysis Team Leader 4 9.2.3.1 Report the results to the Emergency Director { and the Health Physics and Chemistry Coordinator (EOF). I

              -,I                                                                                                                                        EP-238 R2v. 3 Pago 8 of 9 TJY/mgd

10.0 REFERENCES

(. EP-230 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation

                                                                                 ~

10.1 , M-23 P&ID, Sh. 1 Kev. 9 Process Sampling 10.2 10.3 M-100 General Arrangement Plan at El. 177'-0" 10.4 M-102 General Arrangement Plan at El. 217'-0" 10.5 EP-241 Sample Preparation and Handling of Highly Radioactive Liquids I l I l

I EP-238 Rov. '3 Page 9 of 9

    'l                                                                                 TJY/mgd APPENDIX EP-238-1 DATA SHEET Liquid Radwaste Grab Samples' DATE:

TIME: SAMPLE LOCATION: SAMPLE POINT: VOLUME: INITIAL. CONTACT DOSE RATE: ANALYSES REQUIRED: 4 4 N_- A NAME:

      '2

3842106760 Page 1 of 9 l JY GH/mla

        -r                                                                                                                      1 s
  • f l f PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMERICK GENERATING STATION I EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE  ! l OACTIVE EP-241 SAMPLE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF l LIQUID SAMPLES.

l.0 PURPOSE idelines for The purpose of this procedure is to provide gudioactive liquid sample preparation and handling of highly ra samples following' accident conditions. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES Leader is The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group 2.1 responsible for: Determining the processing procedure. a. d

b. Determining the method and loca

( exposure monitored in , i

c. Having group member (s) conjunction Exposure with l
 -                                                 ensure that the Administrative Guidelines are not exceeded.       and the assigned Directing group member (s) d.

Health Physics technician to perf l report back the results of the sample analysis as soon as they become available. ible for: The Health Physics technician is respons 2.2

    ,                                                 Providing constant coverage for the
a. necessary steps of this procedure.

! gg Monitoring the extremity <do g;te Aegh9n , o 3

b. during sample handlingy '
                                                                                                                         ~")

! Monitoring laboratory habitability. c. Conducting a pre-job briefing concerning :

d. -

l. RWP requirements. t ( _h h . l

   -'                  -l EP-241 Rev. 3 Page 2 of 9 L' r                                                                                                                                                              TJY/RGH/mla e       a:

if

2. Radiological concerns and precautions n (ALARA).

The use of staytimes to ensure that

   '                                                                                               3.

s exposures do not exceed limits. 2.3 The Chemistry Sampling.and Analysis Group members are responsible for: a. Preparing the hot lab post accident sample preparation station to accept the sample.

                                                                      .b.                          Performing sample dilution and analysis requirements as specified by the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader.

c. + Following RWP and Health Physics requirements as specified by the Health Physics technician. 3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-241-1 Data Sheet I

 ;                        4.0.             PREREQUISITES 4.1                    Ventilation in the sample preparation hood is operating.

5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT l 5.1 Liquid sample vials with septum.

l. 5.2 Appropriate liquid microsyringes.

l l- 5.3 Rubber gloves t. l 5.4 Plastic sample bags. I 5.5 Sample handling tongs. f 5.6 l 0.OlN nitric acid solution (500 ml). 5.7 L( 1

                  .l                                                 Eye protection L

i  :

l EP-241 Rev. 3 Page 3 of 9 TJY/RGH/mla t 6.0 SYMPTOMS [ None 7.0 ACTION LEVEL 7.1 This procedure shall be implemented when preparing or handling ~ highly radioactive liquid samples during an emergency situation.

        \

8.0 PRECAUTIONS 8.1 In all steps of this procedure, keep exposures ALARA. 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 9.1.1 Determination'of processing procedure. 9.1.1.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall obtain the appropriate EP-Sample Data Sheet and select one of the following processing procedures based on the radiation levels of the sample.

                        .                a. Send the sample off-site for analysis per EP-244 Offsite Analysis of'High Activity Samples.
b. Place the sample in temporary storage for future analysis.

[ c. Analyze the sample on-site. COMPLETE SECTION I OF APPENDIX EP-241-1 9.1.1.2 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader.shall determine the following sample parameterc based on sample dose rates and analysis requirements.

a. Analysis to be performed.
b. Order of analysis
    .      U                                                                           l J                                                                   EP -241 Rev. 3 Page 4 of 9

[ t TJY/RGH/mla i I c. Number and magnitude of dilutions

d. i Analysis sample volume desired DILUTED SAMPLES.PH ED DETERMIN ON 9.1.2 COMPLETE SECTION II OF -241-1 APPEN
        ._                     Pre-Job Briefing 9.1.2.1 Leader, Health Physicss sTechniciaT       Group Chemistry Sampling and Analysis     n and G the procedure.                             roup Members shall assemble and                   s    review 9.1.2.2 The Chemistry Sampling ar.d Analysi     s Group Leader shall direct group members           t the necessary. steps of this pro         o perform cedure.

SECTION 9.1.3 AND 9.1.4 SHOULD BE PE AS POSSIBLE. i SAMPLE PREPARATION BEEN COMPLETED. STATION UN E SECTIONS HAVE 9.1.2.3 The Health Physic group members on:s Technician shall brief a. RWP requirements b. Radiological concerns and precautions (ALARA) c. 9.1.3 Staytimes and exposure limits for liquid samplesPreparation of sample prepa station 9.1.3.1' The Chemi Member (s)stry Sampling and Analysis (with appropriate labels) per appendix EP-dilution vial preparation positions station. in eropriate the sampl2 the vials (liquid posltion) Place lead caps over THE LEAD CAPS MAY BE POSITIONED SAMPLES. AS OR LIQUID FOR G BE IN THE LIQUID POSITIONFOR THE SRALL PURPO

1

                                                                        'EP-241 Rev. 3 l                                                       Page 5 of 9 TJY/RGH/mla 9 .1. 3 . 2 - The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group i
    "                                  Member (s) shall ensure that the necessary liquid micro syringes (with needles), sample handling tongs and sample analysis containers are in place and available to fulfill dilution and analysis requirements per appendix EP-241-1.

9.1.3.3 The Chemistry S'ampling and Analysis Group Member (s) shall ensure that at least one pair of plastic gloves and two plastic sample' bags are available for each gamma analysis to be performed. 9.1.4 Preparation of analysis instrumentation. 9.1.4.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Member (s) shall insure that the appropriate analysis procedures specified in appendix EP-241-1 are available and have been ' performed to the point that each analysis instrument is ready to accept the sample for analysis. l THE FOLIOWING STEPS ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY THE g l CHEMISTRf SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS GROUP MEMBER (S) (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) AND REQUIRE CONSTANT HEALTH PHYSICS MONITORING. LEAD BRICKS IN THE SAMPLE PREPARATION STATION HAVE BEEN MODIFIED TO ACCEPT THE SAMPLE. THE LEAD BRICK LABLED " SAMPLE VIAL A" HAS BEEN MODIFIED TO ACCEPT A GAS OR LIQUID SAMPLE FROM THE PASS. THE LEAD BRICK l LABELED " SAMPLE VIAL B" HAS BEEN MODIFIED TO ACCEPT A (

                          ~ LIQUID SAMPLE FROM THE REACTOR COOLANT SAMPLE STATION.

9.1.5 Transport of sample from transport cask to i sample preparation station. 9.1.5.1 Remove the lead cap from the lead brick to i accept the sample. l 9.1.5.2 Position the sample transport cask as close to the Sample Preparation Station as l l l possible. 9.1.5.3 As quickly and carefully as is possible, remove the sample from the transport cask and place it in the lead brick. ( o-

j EP-241 Rev. 3 ( Page 6 of 9

    ,                                                                                   TJY/RGH/mla

( l; , 9.1.5.4 Quickly place the lead cap over the s-ample I in the " liquid" position. 9.1.'5.5 Retreat from the Sample Preparation Station and allow the Health Physics Technician to take dose rate readings. THE HEALTH PHYSICS TECHNICIAN SHALL INFORM THE CHEMISTRY. SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS GROUP MEMBER OF THE SAMPLE PREPARATION STATION DOSE RATES AND STAY TIME.

                . - . .                   9.1.6      Sample Dilution (if dilutions are not to be      '

performed, proceed to step 9.1.7). DILUTIONS TO BE MADE ARE DESCRIBED IN APPENDIX EP-241-1. ALL ACCESSORIES USED IN THE DILUTION PROCESS SHALL BE MAINTAINED BEHIND THE LEAD SHIELD tWALL ONCE THEY HAVE BEEN CONTAMINATED. 9.1.6.1 Insert the syringe thru the sample access hole in the lead cap then thru the sample vial septum and into the sample to be diluted. Withdraw the predetermined (appendix EP-241-1) aliquot from the sample vial.- a 9.1.6.2

                                                   .-Withdraw the' syringe from the sample and insert it in the predescribed method into the next sequential dilution vial to accept the sample (Dilution Vial #1, #2 etc.).

Inject the aliquot into the dilution vial. 9.1.6.3 Withdraw the syringe from the' sample. Separate the needle and the syringe and discard them in the shielded waste container.

                            ~

E 9.1.6.4 Remove the lead cap over the diluted sample. Grasp the sample vial securely with the sample handling tongs and raise the vial out

l. of the lead brick (but not above the lead shield wall).

l 9.1.6.5 Using the tongs, swirl the sample vial

            .                                        enough to ensure adequate mixing, replace the vial. Replace the lead cap (liquid position).

9.1.6.6 If further dilutions are necessary (per

        ..                                           appendix EP-241-1) repeat steps 9.1.6.1 thru i

( 9.1.6.5, always beginning with the last dilution vial to accept a sample aliquot. l

           ..                                                                   EP-241 Rev. 3 Page 7 of 9 l                                                                     TJY/RGH/mla 9.1.6.7           When desired dilution is reached, the Health

( Physics Technician shall determine the dose rate of the diluted sample. If the diluted sample dose rate is unacceptable, repeat steps 9.1.6.1 thru 9.1.6.8 9.1.6.5 until dose rate is acceptable. Indicate additional dilutions on appendix EP-241-1. 9.1.7 Sample Cup Preparation For each analysis to be performed (appendix EP-241-1) use the syringe transfer method 9.1.7.1 (step 9.1.6.1) to sequentially obtain the volume of sample required (Appendix EP-241-1) from the appropriate diluted / undiluted sample source (appendix EP-241-1). into 9.1.7.2 Inject the appropriate sample aliquot its analysis cup. DUE TO THE AMOUNT OF SAMPLE BEING REMOVED BOTTLE IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO VENT THE BOTT PLACING A NEEDLE THRU THE SEPTUM. ( DUE TO THE SMALL VOLUME OF SAMPLE USED T AND THE EFFECTS CO2 ABSORBTION WILL HAVE O ANALYSIS, THE PH SHOULD BE DETERMINED IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE SAMPLE IS PLACED IN ITS SAMPLE CUP. 9.2 FOLLOW-UP_ l Perform the predetermined analysis (Appendix EP-241-1) in the predetermined sequence 9.2.1 l (Appendix EP-241-1). 9.2.2 Disposal of samples and contaminated materials THE STORAGE AND/OR DISPOSAL OF THE UN l THE ORIGINAL SAMPLE WILL B HEALTH PHYSICS TECHNICIAN. The remaining samples and contaminated 9.2.2.1 sample cups shall be disposed of in the j The sample shielded waste container. handling tongs shall be used in the The samples and sample cups transfers. should be kept behind the lead shield wall ( as much as is possible.

U EP-241 Rev. 3

    '#                                                                                                                  Pago 8 of 9 j.

TJY/RGH/mla I 9.2.2.2 Translier and disposal of the shielded waste Health Physics Technician ande the Sampling and Analysis Group Leader emistry .

10.0 REFERENCES

10.l~ CH-901

            ~ ~ '

10.2 during Post Accident ConditionsDet ograph CH-903 . 10.3 Determination Samples of PH during Post in Low Accident Volume er Condition W Ch-904 . s. Accident Conditions. Determination ng Post of Metal 10.4 CH-905 10.5 during Post Accident Conditions. y Det Ch-906 10.6 during Post Accident Conditions. c ton Dete CH-907 ( Determination Post of Boron at ppm levels during Accident Conditions. 10.7 EP-230 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation I k I i h

m

                                                                                                                                  '       PZg2 9 cr
 \                                      ~

Appendix EP-241-1 Data Sheet Processing Procedure: (X ( A. Sent Offsite for Analysis (l)_ I. Srmple Source ( Grcb Sample Point D. Placed in Temporary Storage (1) , (2) ( Initial Sample Volume C. Analyzed on Site Initial Contact Dose Rate

                                                                               /

l Sample Date/ Time (4) II. Acceptable Total Analysis (3) Dilution Sample Analysis Procedure Magnitude Number of Volume Dose Rate Order of Number of Dilutions _ Dilutions Factor Analysis Analysis 2 3 4 5 ( 6 If this method is used sign and date this data sheet and terminate this procedure. l (1) The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader shall determine place of storage. (2) (4) Analysis Sample volume (3) Magnitude of Dilutions 10:1 = 1 m1 sample: 9 ml of 0.OlN pil 0.5ml_ C1 (IC) 4 ml Nitric Acid 100.1 = 1 m1 sample: 9.9 ml of 0.01 D (DCP) 4 m l_ (SIE)1 ml Nitric Acid 1000.1= 0.01 mi sample: 9.99 ml of 0.OlN Nitric Acid Due to the complexity of the dilution and analysis process, it is recommended that the same magnitude of dilution be used for all of the analysis. Chloride Reactor Coolant Regions of Interest Activity MDL's for: Boron IC1_ ppb Activity - 10 uC1/cc to 10 C1/cc DCP10 ppb SIE 1 ppm Borod - 50 ppm to 1100 ppm Titr. 1 ppm Chloride - greater than 10 ppm

                                                                                                               /

8 Chemistry Group Leader

        ~\,*l',*

1, 3842106770 EP-242 Rev. 3 e.

     't                                                                                                   Pago 1 Of TJ RGH/no PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE N.3  F EP-242       SAMPLE PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF HIGHLY RADIOACTIVE PARTICULATE FILTERS AND IODINE CARTRIDGES 1O      PURPOSE        -

The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines for sample preparation and handling of highly radioactive particulate filters and iodine cartridges during an emergency situation. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The~ Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader is responsible for: 2.1.1- Determining the processing procedure. 2.1.2 Determining the method and location of sample storage and/or disposal as required. 2.1.3 Having group member (s) exposure monitored in conjunction with Health Physics guidance to ib -ensure that the Administrative Exposure Guidelines are not exceeded. i 2.1.4 Directing Group Member (s) and the assigned Health Physics technician to. perform the l Q necessary steps of this procedure and to p report back the results of the sample L analysis as soon as they become available. l 2.2 The Health Physics technicien is responsible for: 2.2.1 Providing constant coverage for the necessary steps o t pr 2.2.2 Monitoring the exer.emity' dose t ;the' ' during sample han&fing.

                                          ~2.2.3         Monitoring laboratory habitability.

Li s '

                                                                                         &..          . I

EP-242 Row.

        .,                                                                   Paga 2 of 7 TJY/RGH/no e

l'.. j b briefing concerning:

                                       . Conducting a pre- o 2.2.4 RWP requirements A.                             and precautions Radiological concerns               that B.

C. The use of staytimes to ensuree Analyses Group Members are The Chemistry Sampling and sample 2.3 respo.nsible for: ident Preparing the hot lab post-acc the sample.

      .                       2.3.1         preparation station to accept   d analysis the Chemistry Following sample dilution an        der 2.3.2 requirements as specified        ics bySamp Following RWP and. Health Physby the Health         f 2.3.3         requirements as specified Physics technician.

3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-242-1 Data Sheet PREREQUISITES aration hood is 4.0 Ventilation in the sample prep 4.1 operating. l 5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT Purge cannister e 5.1 l 5.2 Eye protection l Plastic sample bags 5.3 1 Sample handling tongs 5.4 i

tr - & Pt92

                                                                             - 3 Ug 7         1
         .                                                                TJY/gGH/no i

SYMPTOMS 6.0 None preparingand or 7.0 ACTION LEVEL shall be implemented ive when particulate filtersency situation. This procedure 7.1 handling highly radioactcartridges during an emerg iodine posures ALARA. 8.0 PRECAUTIONS of this procedure, keep ex In all steps 8.1 PROCEDURE 9.0 ACTIONS of Processing Procedure 9.1 d Analyses Group Determination 9.1.1 appropriate Sample The Chemistry Sampling anthe following of 9.1.1.1 shall obtain the e radiation Leader ed on the Data Sheet and selectanalyses sample. onprocess levels of the sample offsite forisof High Send the A. per EP-244 Offsite Analys ge Activity Samples. sample in temporary stora B. Place the analyses. , for future on-site. l C. Analyze the sample PENDIX EP-242-1. l9 COMPLETE SECTION Iw OF d Analyses he follo ing AP Group sample The Chemistry Sampling an rates and 9 1.1.2 Leader shall determine t sample doserequirements. parameters based ongamma isoto

1

        .                                               EP-242 Rev. 3 Pags 4 of 7 d

TJY/RGH/no

 '..l*

lite Sample to be* analyzed (silver zeo A. and/or filter) B. Order of analyses C. Purge time of sample unting Acceptable dose rate for gamma co D. EP-243-1 COMPLETE SECTION II OF APPENDIX Pre-Job Briefing Group 9.1.2 nd the The Chemistry Sampling and Anal 9.1.2.1 Group i this Chemistry Sampling and AnalysesM procedure. s Group The Chemistry Sampling and Analyse to perform 9.1.2.2 Leader shall direct group members cedure. the necessary steps of this pro PERFORMED SECTION 9.1.3 AND 9.1.4 N STATION SHOULD AS EARLY AS POSSIBLE. OMPLETED. PLACED IN THEhSAMPLE ll brief  : The Health Physics technician s a 9.1.2.3 group members on: RWP requirements A. and precautions B. Radiological concerns (ALARA) Staytimes and exposure limits C. N,pTE l ERFORMED BY THE CHEMIS BER (UNLESS OTHERWISE THE FOLLOWING STEPSfor ARE SPECIFIED). Iodine andTO Preparation of Sample Station 9.1.3 Particulate Samples ed (nitrogen Determine the purge gas to be us 9.1.3 1 or air) i

F~~~~- EP-242 Rev. 3

        .                                                          Page 5 of 7 TJY/RGH/no l,-

tem has Ensure that the desired purge gas lignedsysto 9.1.3.2 adequate supply pressure and is a the sample preparation station. line in Place the purge cannister discharge 9.1.3.3 the " discharge position". d connect d place 9.1.3.4 If a purge cannister is to be useit to th it behind the lead shield wall.tion Preparation of Analysis Instrumenta 9.1.4 i

 . . .                            Ensure that the appropriate analys242-1    s is the 9.1.4.1     procedure specified in AppendixisEP-         ready available and has lysis.        been performe to accept the sample for ana                               ,
                                                                                           /

NOTE f I EFORE PROCEEDING. Cask to l CONSTANT HP COVERAGE IS REQUIRED 9.1.5 Sample Preparation Station l k as close Position the sample transport casas Station 9.1.5.1 to the Sample Preparation l possible. ible, remove As quickly and carefully as posscask and place 9.1.5.2 l. I the sample from the transportit d place behin 9.1.a.3 If the a purge cannister is to be use , sam cannister and connect the qu cEstablishsampling ap fittings. same direction as was used in the I process. onnect If a purge cannister is not used, cfittings h (on 9.1.5.4 the quick disconnectEstablish awas purge usedgas in flow chamber). same direction and flow rate as the sampling process.

EP-242 Rev. 3

           .l .                                                                                                            Po.ga 6 of 7
  • ' TJY/RGH/no 9.1.5.5 Retreat from the Sample Preparation Station and allow the sample to purge for the predetermined amount of time (Appendix EP-
 -                                                242-1).

9.1.5.6 When the desired purge time has elapsed secure the purge gas and disconnect the quick disconnect fittings. Keep the sample shielded behind the lead shield wall. 9 .1.5. 7 The Health Physics technician shall determine the dose rate of the purged sample. 9.1.5.8 If the purged sample dose rate is unacceptable (per Appendix EP-242-1) repeat steps 9.1.5.3 through 9.1.5.7 until the acceptable analysis dose rate is reached or no longer changes. 9.2 FOLLOW-UP 9.2.1 Sample Analyses 9.2.1.1 Perform the gamma isotopic analysis as directed in Appendix EP-242-1. 9.2.2 Disposal of Samples and Contaminatad

                                                  -Materials 9.2.2.1           Transfer and disposal of " analyzed samples" will be at the discretion of the Health Physics technician and the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader.

10.0 REFERENCES

10.1 CH-905 Determination of Gamma Isotopic Activity During Post Accident Conditions 10.2 EP-230 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Activation

                                                                                                              \

EP-242 Rev. 3

             ,,.l..
  • Page 7 of 7
  • TJY/RGH/no APPENDIX EP-242-1 h

DATA SHEET I.- Sample Source Grab Sample Point Initial Sample Volume Initial Contact Dose Rate Sample Date/ Time / Processing Pro.cedure: ( X )

             ~ '

(*) A. .Sent offsite for analyses ( ) (*)(**) B. .Placed in temporary storage .( ) C. Analyzed on-site ( ) (*) If this method is used, sign and date this data sheet and terminate this procedure. (**) The Chemistry Sampling and Analyses Group Leader shall determine the place of storage. , II. -Gamma Isotopic Analysis requirements (***) (****) Order of Procedure Sample to Purge Acceptable Dose Analysis Number. be Analyzed Time Rate for Analysis 1 CH-905 2 CH-905 l (***) silver zeolite cartridge (s), charcoal cartridges, or filter paper (****) since all samples are to be purged together, the same  ; purge time should be used. I Signature Date Time Chemistry Group Member Health Physics Group Member i j Group Leader l l l

1. . .

1

                        - f=

3842106780 EP-243 Rav.3

     ,                        .'          '                                                                                                                   Page 1 of 9 J RGH/no
          /

I PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMERICK GENERATING STATION - EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EP-243 > SAMPLE SAMPLES PREPARATION AND HANDLING OF HIGHLY RADIOACTIVE GAS

               =

1.0 PURPOSE' . tm The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines for sample preparation and handling of highly radioactive gas samples following accident conditions. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader is responsible for: 2.1.1 Determining the processing procedure. p 2.1.2 Determining the method and location of

                                                                                                                                        ~

sample storage and/or disposal as required. 2.1.3 Having group member (s) exposure monitored in conjunction with Health Physics guidance to ensure that the Administrative Exposure Guidelines arenct exceeded. 2.1.4 Directing Group Member (s) and the assigned l Health Physics technician to perform the !. necessary steps of this procedure and to ! report back the results of the sample analysis as soon as they become available. 2.2 The Health Physics technician is responsible for: 2.2.1 necessarystepsoqrthfg,pT6ced'uz'et,)Pro

3. ' 6 . ve, p t,5,.; e '

ti

                                                                                                                                                                                                       'p l

2.2.2 Monitoring the extkefm4tyi dose' to the hands during sample ~handll'ng. r. . - E' 2.2.3 Monitoring laboratory habitab'ility.,r x:.. - t (

                                                                                                                          %rou,n,.00%E \a.de l
                                                                                "~
                 ,n,,-,           s w +e =

e- ,e ~+ -,.w---,-,+---mw-n--- --,e av..,n,--- _,-a

                                                                                                                  - .,,-n--,--a--,--,-b       +       --m---  -----,-------w---,----------,---------r-

,\*

                              ..g l

.l' , 'ls EP-243 Rsv.3 , Page 2 of 9 '

      .                           .'-                                                                  TJY/RGH/no j-           ..

r 2.2.4 Conducting a pre-job briefing concerning: A. RWP requirements B. Radiological concerns and precautions C. The use of staytimes to ensure that exposures do not exceed limits. 2.3 The Chemistry Sampling and Analyses Group Members are responsible for: 2.3.1 Preparing the hot lab post-accident sample preparation station to accept the sample. 2.3.2 Performing sample dilution and analysis requirements as specified by the Chemistry Sampling and Analyses Group Leader 2.3.3 Following RWP and Health Physics requirements as specified by the Health Physics technician. t' 3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-243-1 Data Sheet 4.0 PREREQUISITES . 4.1 Ventilation in the sample preparation hood is operating. 5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT l 5.1 Gas sample vials l 5.2 Appropriate gas syringes l 5.3 Rubber gloves l 5.4 Plastic sample bags l 5.5 Sample handling tongs t l 5.6 Eye protection n

^p. . d- .~ l# EP-243 Rev.3 i - Paga 3 of 9 l TJY/RGH/no

   -l                                                                                                                               .
 . l.      .

l 1f 6.0 SYMPTOMS - None: 7.0 ' ACTION LEVEL 7.1 This procedure shall be implemented when preparing or handling highly radioactive gas sample during an emergency situation.

8.0 ' PRECAUTIONS 8.1 In all steps of this procedure keep exposures ALARA.

9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 9.1.1 Determination of Processing Procedure

                                                                                      ~

9.1.1.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analyses Group Leader shall obtain the appropriate EP-Sample Data Sheet and select one of the following processing procedures based on the radiation levels of the sample. A. Send the sample offsite for analyses

  ~:                                                                                  nar RD-744 nFfaite Analysis of High Activity Samples.

B. Place the sample in temporary storage for future analyses. . C. Analyze the sample on-site. COMPLETE SECTION I OF APPENDIX EP-243-1. 9.1.1.2 The Chemistry Sampling and Analyses Group Leader shall determine the following sample parameters based on sample dose rates and analysis requirements. A. Analysis to be performed g B. Order of analyses i L v w w. v wn9, f e- +v = . un - -w=*w** ***e==w+*- * - * + * '

                         * 'l-                                                                                                                                                EP-243 Rsv.3 i-                                                                                                                       e PIga 4 of 9 TJY/RGH/no j-                   .  :

7- C. Number and magnitude of dilutions D. Analyses sample volume required. I SAMPLES FOR HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN DETERMINATION BY GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY MUST NOT BE DILUTED. COMPLETE SECTION II OF APPENDIX EP-243-1. 9.1.2 Pre-Job Briefing 9.1.2.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analyses Group Leader, Health Physics technician and the  ;

  ^

Chemistry Sampling and Analyses Group Members shall assemble and review this procedure. 9.1.2.2 The Chemistry Sampling and Analyses Group Leader shall direct group members to perform the necessary steps of this procedure. SECTION 9.1.3 AND 9.1.4 SHOULD BE PERFORMED AS EARLY AS POSSIELE. THE SAMPLE MAY NOT BE PLACED IN THE SAMPLE PREPARATION STATION ( UNTIL THESE SECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. 9.1.2.3 The Be'alth Physics technician shall brief group members on: A. RWP requirements B. Radiological concerns and precautions (ALARA)  ! C. Staytimes and exposure limits 9.1.3 Preparation of Sample Preparation Station for Gas Samples ,- 9.1.3.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Member (s) shall prepare the dilution vials per Appendix EP-243-1 and place the vials in the appropriate dilution vial positions in the sample preparation station. Each dilution vial shall have the predetermined (EP-243-1) aliquot volume withdrawn from it. Place lead caps over the vials (gas position). ,

     +

t k I

                                    ..%,         -, - , . , -                                                                             -~ ~'                       '

e- ---m ,-e - ,,..,,v, . _ - , .,-.o+.-r--+7-*ge-- -"-v'r- - w eew-e-eswe*MMM-*-e'ir**Pw**--et-~w+--*---*-1--- -e-*-e'---**

  • m----'r------ - - -m'< - -
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    -e--
                                                                                               -  .=.          --
  'I
                      'l'                                                                              EP-243 R3v.3 Paga 5 of 9 l-
  • 4:

TJY/RGH/no

     ,+                                                     THE LEAD CAPS MAY BE POSITIONED FOR GAS OR
i. LIQUID SAMPLES. FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS PROCEDURE THEY'SHALL BE IN THE GAS POSITION.

9.1.3.2 The Chemistry Sampling and Analyses Group Member (s) shall ensure that the necessary gas micro syringes (with needles), sample handling tongs and sample analysis containers are in place and available to fulfill dilution and analysis requirements per Appendix EP-243-1. 9.1.3.3 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Member (s) shall ensure that at least one pair of plastic gloves and two plastic j sample bagn are available for each gamma

analysis to be performed.

9.1.4 Preparation of Analysis Instrumentation 9.1.4.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group

                                                          . Member (s) shall ensure that the appropriate analyses procedures specified in Appendix

, EP-243-1 are available and have been performed to the point that each analysis

         ~ (-                                                instrument is ready to accept the sample for analysis.

THE FOLLOWING STEPS ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY THE CHEMISTRY SAMPLING AND ANALYSES GROUP MEMBER'(UNLESS'OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) AND REQUIRE CONSTANT HEALTH PHYSICS MONITORING. LEAD BRICKS IN THE SAMPLE PREPARATION STATION HAVE BEEN MODIFIED TO ACCEPT THE SAMPLE. T"E a LEAD BRICK LABELED l " SAMPLE VIAL A" HAS BEEN MODIFIED TO ACCEPT A GAS OR LIQUID l SAMPLE FROM THE PASSI L L 9.1.5 Transport of Sample from Transport Cask to l Sample Preparation Station i 9.1.5.1 Remove the lead cap from the lead brick to accept the sample. L 9.1.5.2 Position the sample transport cask au close to the Sample Preparation Station as L possible. 9.1.5.3 As quickly and carefully as is possible, l remove the sample from the transport cask l and place it in the lead brick.

          \

s-a-ew e e"- - =

  • mere e . = >-ewe-+= .mm,- *4. +

w,-e-

wm EP-243 Rsv.3 PEga 6 of 9 1- l TJY/RGH/no

                                                   ^

1 - 9.1.5.4 Quickly place the lead cap over the sample 3 in the " gas position". . 9.1.5.5 Retreat from the Sample Preparation Station

v. and allow the Health Physics technician to take dose rate readings.

THE HEALTH PHYSICS TECHNICIAN S STATION DOSE RATES AND STAY-TIME. 9.1.6 Sample Dilutions (If dilutions are not to be 3 _ . . . performed or if analyses are to be performed

-' prior to dilution, proceed to 9.2.1.2).

' DILUTIONS TO BE MADE ARE PRESCRIBED IN APPEND ALL ACCESSORIES USED IN THE DILU CONTAMINATED. t ' 9.1.6.1 Insert the syringe through thenthe sample through theaccess hole in the lead cap,d into the sample to be sample vial septum an diluted. , 9.1.6.2 Mix the gas in the sample vial by pumping the syringe in and out. 4 9.1.6.3 Set the syringe to the volume of sample to ! be transferred per Appendix EP-243-1. r 9.1.6.4 Withdraw the syringe for*s. the sample and n insert it in the predescribed method into the next sequential dilution vial to accept l the sample. Inject the aliquot into the i dilution vial. l 9.1.6.5 Mix the gas in the sample vial by pumping the syringe in and out. 9.1.6.6 Withdraw the syringe from the sample. 7 Separate the needle and the syringe and discard them in the shielded waste i container. ( 9.1.6.7 If further dilutions are necessary (per repeat steps 9.1.6.1 l l Appendix EP-243-1)through 9.1.6.6, always beginn l ' last dilution vial to accept a sample I aliquot. i <

   +

L

                                                        -          ~_
   ~                                                 _,
   ,      '.~           .

EP-243 Rsv.3

 'i~

l -l Paga 7 of 9 j TJY/RGH/no i , i . I l-9.1.6.8 When the desired dilution is reached, the jf Health Physics technician shall determine the dose rate of the dilution sample. f 9.1.6.9 If the dilution sample dose rate is unacceptable repeat steps 9.1.6.1 through

      !                                                   9.1.6.6 until the dose rate is acceptable.

4 Indicate additional dilutions on Appendix EP-241-1.- 9.2 FOLLOW-UP 9.2.1 Sample Analysis 9.2.1.1 Perform gamma isotopic analysis if directed Proceed to step by Appendix EP-243-1. ., 9.2.2. 9.2.1.2 Perform oxygen and hydrogen analysis if directed by Appendix EP-243-1. Proceed back  ! to step 9.1.6.1 if dilutions are necessary for gamma isotopic anlysis per Appendix EP-i 243-1. 9.2.2 Disposal of Samples and Contaminated Materials

(

9.2.2.1 The remaining samples shall be disposed of The sample in the shielded waste container. handling tongs shall be used in the behind transfer. The samples should be kept the lead shield wall as much as is possible. 9.2.2.2 Transfer and disposal of the shielded waste container will be at the discretion of the Health Physics technician and the Chemistry Sampling _and' Analyses Group Leader. .. 3 i p i. 10.0 REFERENCES CH-905 Determination of Gamma Isotopic Activity 10.1 During Post Accident Conditions CH-902 Determination of Hydrogen and Oxygen Using a 10.2 Gas Chromatograph During Post Accident L Conditions , EP-230 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team 10.3 ,3 Activation

        ;           t-i                                                                                                                  ,
  .i
   'l                                                                             -

i

                     -             '~                            - - ~ . __        _

e

t . I'

 ;)
  • j- .

I APPENDIX EP-243-1 f . . DATA SHEET (CONT'D)

         .                                                                                                                                    l i

(***) Due to the complexity of the dilution and analysis process it l same magnitude of dilution be used for all of the analyses. of dilution use the following tables: (*****) Recommended s micro liters Aliquot Size 1st dilution 2nd dilution 3rd dilution

       ' ~ ~

l al 14.4 207 2985

                                                             . 1 al                        144                 2070              29850 Total Dilution Factor = Vs                                   X Magnitude of Dilution 14.4 l              Vs = Volume of original sample (from the appropriate EP Sample Data
       -(                                                                                           .

Signatur I (

   ?

I n ,u-_.- - - . .. --- m e ...m_- - - . - -

                 +     -       p   - . _ _       ,_,_,+-%                              g,

_ . ._ -. = . . . . .- _ m, ~.~.-~~~m-e y I. APPENDIX EP-243-1

  -i                                                                                                                                                                          DATA SENET                                                     .
      ,                            I.                                 Sample Source                                                 Grab Sample Point Initial. Sample Volume                                                                          Initial Contact Dose Rate o                                                                  Sample Date/ Time                                               /

Processing Pro,cedure: ( X)

              '        ~~'

(*) A. Sent offsite for analyses ( )

      .I-(*)(**) B.              Placed in temporary storage                                                                   (                  )

C. Analyzed on-site ( ) (*) If this method is used, sign and date this data sheet and ter (**) The Chemistry Sampling ar.d Analyses Group Leader shall determ

                                  'II.

( *** Total Order of Procedure Aliquot Magnitude of Dilution Analyses Analysis Number Size Dilutions Factor i 1 _l_I_I_ 2 _I_I_l - 3 _ I_I_I_ 4 _ l_I_I_ i-i 4 1  ? i

              ->r           -.4-e   .--=,.--.%r,-g,.-p-----%-#-+,y->e   -
                                                                                              -w.+,g-w-+y     y,we,pgmy_,  y.wc,-m,  y     y,m.--m,rgy gwaye----                   yy-wep,y,,,,y.um-,---y+s yve g99ww--wy+                 -      m
      .--.. - . .A                - -        - . . . .                       :      .- '                       '
                                                                                                                                     - ;y I                                                                                      l              EP-24., Rev. 3 j              -- Page 8 of 9    .

TJY/RGR/no l APPENDIX EP-243-1 - I DATA SHEET

  !            I. Sample Source                          Grab Sample Point i

Initial Sample Volume Initial Contact Dose Rate . Sample Date/ Time / , Processing Procedures (X) (*) A. Sent offsite for analyses ( ) , I l- ]I (*) (**) B. Placed in temporary storage ( ) l j, C. Analyzed on-site ( ) , i t l4 (*) If this method is used, sign and date this data sheet and terminate this procedure. I

  ,                     (**) The Chemistry Sampling and Analyses Group Leader shall determine the place of storage.

4 ! II. l *** Total Analysis Acceptable l Order of Procedure Aliquot Magnitude of Dilution Sample Analysis ' l Analyses Analysis Number Size Dilutions Factor Volume Dose Rate I 1 _I_I_I_ i 2 _l_l_l_ 3

_I_I_l_

l 4 _i_I_I_ i l

        .                  ~.                                                                              -   - - -

s

  • _. ,

e t .- l I EP-2e3 Rev. 3* ., -

                                                                                                      .                 Page 9 of 9r, TJY/RGH/no j

APPENDIX EP-243-1

  • D$TA SHEET (CONT'D) '

i i-(***) Due to the complexity of the dilution and analysis process it is recommended that the j same magnitude of dilution be used for all of the analyses. To cilculate the magnitude 4 of dilution use the following ' tables: (*****) Recommended sample t'olumes GC - 100 micro liters , i f Aliquot Size 1st dilution 2nd dilution 3rd dilution 4th dilution 1 al 14.4 207 2985 42998 l .1 al 144 2070 29350 429980 Total Dilution Factor = Vs X Magnitude of Dilution 14.4 l Vs = volume of original sample (from the appropriate EP Sample Data Sheet) ,

                                                                                                                                 - /

Signature Date Time

                       .:Y         .-.
                                               +
      .;                                                                      PCg2 1 of 12
  • VA MPG /rgs "Y

(s/'N 'Y /W 7: ,. PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY l 1 LIMERICK GENERATING STATION i EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE 't EP-252 SEARCH AND RESCUE /FIRST AID 1.0 ' PURPOSE 1 The purpose'of this procedure is'to define the requirements and the actions of the Search and Rescue /First Aid Group. 4 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The Personnel Safety Team Leader shall control the Search and Rescue /First Aid Group exposure and provide offsite_ medical support by performing the necessary steps in this procedure. 2.2 The Search and Rescue /First Aid Group Leader shall direct operations by performing the necessary steps in this procedure. 2.3 - The Search and Rescue /First Aid Group members shall perform rescue operations by performing the necessary 4 - steps in this procedure. APPENDICES 3.0 l 3.1

                               'EP 252-1    Emergency Exposure Guidelines 3.2     EP 252-2    First Aid Equipment Locations
    .                  3.3      EP 252-3    Injured Personnel Report Form I

L 3.4 EP-252-4 Medical Support Group Phone List 4.0 PREREQUICITES f!

                                                                                                    \

None s , { ~ {n t uIl F ei.t "1 G . I N

          *l                                                         EP-252 Rsv. 2 PCg2 2 of 12 VAW/ MPG /rgs 5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT i    I
 '               5.1    First Aid Kit 6.0 SYMPTOMS 6.1    Missing personnel or personnel with injury requiring first aid.

7.0 ACTION LEVEL 7.1 The Search and Rescue /First Aid Group is activated whenever personnel are known to be missing or in need of help. 8.0 PRECAUTIONS 8.1 Personnel shall participate in search and rescue operations on a voluntary basis. 8.2 Proper radiological controls shall be followed as much as' practicable during search and rescue operations. Continuous coverage by Health Physics technician may be substituted for a Radiation Work Permit. 8.3 Planned radiation exposures should be limited to the administrative guide levels in Appendix EP-252-1 Emergency Exposure Guidelines. 8.4 Life-saving first aid treatment has priority over decontamination or treatment for radiation exposure. 8.5 Radiation exposure and group member contamination l should be minimized as much as practical. 8.6 If gross external contamination is found, internal contamination should be suspected. 8.7 Any material removed from a contaminated person shall be recovered for potential use for isotopic analysis, i 8.8 The Search and Rescue /First Aid Group Leader will maintain contact with the Personnel Safety Team Leader at the designated assembly area. ( l l

l EP-252 Rev. 2 Paga 3 of 12 VAW/ MPG /rgs T g 8.9 If first aid team is unable to move an injured person 1* due to the nature of the injury, assistance of local ambulance personnel may be utilized. l 8.10 If transportation of a contaminated injured person to an offsite medical facility is required, inform the (Interim) Emergency Director so that classification of the even per EP-J01 may be performed.

              - ~ ~ 9.0       PROCEDURE l           9.1      ACTIONS 9.1.1      Personnel Safety Team Leader shall: 9.1.1.1 Select a qualified person at the OSC to be the Search and Rescue /?irst Aid Group Leader and to carry sut Section 9.1.2 of this procedure.

l 9.1.1.2 Inform the (Interim) Emergency Director that search and rescue /first aid groups have been formed and of their intentions to enter the plant for search and rescue operations. 4 (Attempt to locate missing person (s) by utilizing plant paging system just prior to actually dispatching the search and rescue group (s)). 2 l 9.1.1.3 Obtain exposure limits from the (Interim) Emergency Director. If later search and rescue operations are necessary, the r l (Interim) Emergency Director may adjust the l radiation exposure limits accordingly. If l l waiting for (Interim) Emergency Director ! approval ~could endanger personnel, the search and rescue /first aid group leader may decide to remove ir.jured person. 9.1.1.4 If offsite medical help is necessary, have the ambulance, hospital or physician contacted by using Appendix EP-252-4 Medical Support Groups Phone List. Always state the number of individuals involved, type of injury and if contamination is involved. 9.1.1.5 Notify security so that the offsite medical response group's access to the Restricted Area can be expedited, if necessary. ' . *~- "w- - - - . - ~ , . ..-....a ~ , - .n .._n

                       'l'                                               s           EP-252 R2v. 2 Paga 4 of 12 VAW/ MPG /rgs N                          9.1.1.6              Recall the search and rescue groups when
    ;       I                                       search and rescue operations are no longer necessary.
             ~

9.1.2 Search and Rescue /First Aid Group Leader shall: 9.1.2.1- Select volunteers from available personnel to form search and rescue /first aid squads. Each squad shall consist of at least three members; two must be qualified in first aid and one must be a health physics technician. 9.1.2.2 Ensure that each member has the necessary respiratory equipment, radsurvey equipment,

                             .                      anti-contamination clothing, and personal dosimetry. This material can be obtained from emergency survey kits at the OSC or from normal HP stocks.

9.1.2.3 Discuss the situation with the Personnel Safety Team Leader. The following information should be obtained prior to performing search and rescue operations: A. Number of missing persons. B. .Name of individuals. C. Last known location of individuals. D. The job being worked. E. Any significant plant conditions that e.. may affect the search and any special instructions.

9.1.2.4 Ensure the group is equipped with a first t aid kit, or can get one enroute. See
   ,                                                attached Appendix EP-252-2 for listing of first aid equipment location in the plant.

9.1.2.5 Coordinate search and rescue /first aid squads to minimize duplication of effort and unnecessary radiation exposure. 9.1.2.6 Direct the groups to the last known location of the missing individual. If necessary, expand the search to adjacent areas. Ensure most expeditious routes available are taken to minimize team exposure. i i

l EP-252 Rev. 2 Pcg2 5 of 12 VAW/ MPG /rgs J_

           ]                            9.1.2.7      Inform the Personnel Saftey Team Leader of the actions of the group and whenever the group locates any missing personnel, and the                i
   .        :-                                       identity of located personnel.

9.1.2.8 Determine the extent of the injury and direct administration of first aid. 9.1.2.9 Report to the Personnel Safety Team Leader the extent of the individual's injuries and

                                              .      recommend supplementary medical actions as
               - . . .                               necessary (i.e., hospitalization). Complete Appendix EP 252-3 (if possible) and attach to injured person prior to transporting in ambulance.

9.1.2.10 Report to the Personnel Safety Team Leader when the search and rescue /first aid group has finished its task. 9.1.3 Search and Rescue /First Aid Squad Members ' shall: 9.1.3.1 Perform a radiation and contamination survey of the person and subsequently the area. l 9.1.3.2 Transport the injured person to a site first aid facility if practicable. .' 9.1.3.3 Perform the following if the injured person ' is contaminated. A. Wear necessary anti-contamination clothing if practicable. IF THE INJURY IS SEVERE, IMMEDIATE MEDICAL TREATMENT IS OF THE HIGHEST PRIORITY AND RADIOLOGICAL CONTROLS ARE SECONDARY. t B. Administer appropriate first aid, being careful to limit the spread of contamination and limit personal

exposure.

I i C. IF INJURY IS NOT SEVERE, DECONTAMINATION SHALL BE ATTEMPTED. I D. Prepare the person for transportation by covering the contaminated area with a ( , protective wrap. Avoid excessive wrapping to prevent dehydration of the person. t i

         .     . . _ _     -.- -.=               ===.:==.= -                         --      --

N . E.Ba - e%-

                        -l                                                                                                        EP-252 R2v. 2
       -                                                                                                                            Pcg2 6 of 12 VAW/ MPG /rgs
   ].
g. .

IF THE INJURED PERSON IS GOING TO BE TRANSPORTED TO AN OFFSITE MEDICAL FACILITY, IT MAY NOT BE FEASIBLE TO l BRING THE PERSON TO THE FIRST AID FACILITY, INSTEAD MOVE THE PERSON TO A

                             -                                                        SAFE PLACE WHICH IS EASILY ACCESSIBLE FOR THE TRANSFER TO A VEHICLE.
 ;                                                                         . E.       When transporting the victim to an offsite medical facility, a Health Physics Technician shall accompany the victim to assist the madical staff.

9.1.3.4 Recover any contaminated articles of clothing that may have been removed from the person for. isotopic analysis. _l 9.2 Follow-Up 9.2.1 Search and rescue group members shall: 9.2.1.1 Report results of'their actions to the Personnel Safety Team Leader. 9.2.1.2 Follow normal decontamination and disposal procedures when their tasks are complete. i 9.2.2 Personnel Safety Team Leader shall: t 9.2.2.1 Verify the victim's arrival at the medical facilities. l 9.2.2.2 Inform the (Interim) Emergency Director of results of search and rescue efforts. 9.2.2.3 Have the (Interim) Emergency Director inform the Medical Director and Corporate ! Communications as to the identity and ' condition of the victim (s). t 9.2.2.4 Have the Health Physics technician l-i accompanying victim to the hospital, call

   >                                                                         the Personnel Safety Team Leader when informed by the hospital that his services are longer no needed. With the concurrence of the Personnel Safety Team Leader he may l                                                 proced-to another assignment. Have the technician return dosimetry to site to be read.

I 9.2.2.5 Arrange for inventory and restocking of I first aid kits, if necessary, l i l 4 , , . - - - - - - . - , , - - . - , , , . , A. , ,-,,,, , ,- ~ ,--_., ,. n.n-.-..--,,..YN,,-..__.._-n___n.__,___-_.--..._-

s.  ; i I EP-252 Rav. 2 Page 7 of 12
      -                                                                                                                              VAW/ MPG /rgs
I -

10.0 REFERENCES

i 10.1 Limerick Generating Station Emergency Plan
                                   .10.2         .NUREG 0654, Criteria for Preparation and Rev.1            Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness In Support of Nuclear Power Plants.

em 4 W 9

                                                          +

n 9 i I i f l I i

        \

l . , _ _ . . _ _ _ . . . .

                                                                                          . . . . - _ _ _ _ _ .             _____x________.___
    .               l                                                                   EP-252-1 Rsv. 2 Page 8 of 12 VAW/ MPG /rgs i                                          APPENDIX EP 252-1 1                                          Emergency Exposure Guidelines
 >                                                          Projected Whole Body          Thyroid          Authorized Function                         Dose                Dose                  By
1. Life Saving and l Reduction of Injury
  • 75 rem
  • 375 rem (Interim)

Emergency ** Director

2. Operation of Equipment to Mitigate an l Emergency 25 rem
  • 125 rem (Interim)

Emergency **

                                      .                                                          Director
3. Protection of Health I and Safety of the Public 5 rem 25 rem (Interim)

Emergency ** Director l 4. Other Emergency 10 CFR 20 10 CFR 20 (Interim)

                                                                        .                         Emergency Activities                        limits             limits            Director
5. Re-entry / Recovery Station Station Administra- Adminis-Activities tive Guide- trative lines Guide-lines N/A

Reference:

EPA-520/1-75-001 Table 2.1

                        ** Such exposure shall be on a voluntary basis t
                      =

m-

                                   .s..  - - .                        . _ ,.                           .-

l- EP 252-2 RGv. 2 Pag 2 9 of 12 VAW/ MPG /rgs I APPENDIX EP-214-2 i- FIRST-AID EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS FIRST AID STRETCHERS F~.TS BLANKETS Unit 1 RX Encl. Elevator Stairwells Elev. 177' X X X Elev. 201' X X X

                           -                                                 Elev. 217'      X                X           X Elev. 239'      X                X           X Elev. 253'      X                X           X Elev. 283'      X                X           X Elev. 313'      X                X           X Elev. 351'      X                X           X Elev. 352'      X                X           X Unit 2 RX Encl. Elevator Stairwells
                                                     .                       Elev. 177'      X                X           X Elev. 201'      X                X           X Elev. 217'      X                X           X Elev. 239'      X                X           X Elev. 253'      X                X           X         -
              ..                                                             Elev. 283'      X                X           X Elev. 313'      X                X           X Elev. 331'      X                X           X Elev. 352' Turbine Encl. East & West Stairwells                    Elev. 200'                       X Elev. 217'                       X Elev. 239'                       X

! Elev. 269' X Turbine Encl. Equipment. Hatch Elev. 217' X X i (

             \

I I

                                                       . _ . _ , .                   ._              _             __          ~ . . .
 '- ~.

gy4,_' . .

                                                                   .7         -
          - ll                                                  $/

EP 252-2 R3v.'2

      *                                                          '                            Pag 3 10 of 12 VAW/ MPG /rgs
  ][      (

STRETCHERS FIRST AID KITS BLANKETS {,

   .        - Control' Enclosure Elevator Stairwells Elev.4 180'               X               X               X Elev.;200'                X'              X               X Elev.'217'                X               X               X Elev. 239'                X               X               X Elev. 254'                X               X               X Elev. 269'                X               X               X Elev. 289'                X               X               X
               --                                       Elev. 304'                X               X              l(

Elev. 332' X X X Radwaste Encl. North Stairwell Elev. 162' X X Elev. 191' X X Elev. 217' X X Elev. 237' X X Elev. 257' X X Circ." Water Pump House X 220 Switchyard. Encl. X 500 Switchyard Encl. X 3 NOTE: 1/2 Mile Rays (Emergency Flashlights) Are Located Just Outside Door To Unit 2 Side of Main Control Room In Cabinet. 4 t 4-

                                                      .                    -                    . . . _ _       _   . _ _ _ _ _ _            . . ~
g. _ _ _
       ,         7 l                                                                                                    EP 252-3, Rev. 2
        '                                                                                     ,                                               PGgs 11 of 12 VAW/ MPG /rgs i

I ( APPENDIX EP 252-3 l' INJURED PERSONNEL REPORT FORM

   !                                                                                (PREPARE IN DUPLICATE) i                                                                                                        \

U. . Injured Person's Name

                                      ' Age
                                                                                     ^

Badge No. Or ' Social Security No. i Male Female Type and Location of Injury e

                                       /

Radioactive Contamination Yes No Level Location. l , d Radiation Exposure-Estimate 3

                             ' Where Did Injury Ohbu'r Prepared by First Aid Group Leader                                                                                    _

SIGNATURE j i r l Group Members !.e;- .' - i If practicable forward original, with the person, to the site

                                        .first aid facility or hospital as appropriate.

l s }n N ,h i

                       - - . , . . . - . . - .                   .,,-.E.._,,     ..,,,-,.,--.-...,.,....,?-.....--,?              ,,
                                                                                                                                                      . -._, _ I     . - . . - - , - - - , . . . ,

t .i

        ,          l                                                                                                                     EP 252-4, Rev. 2                           l Page 12 of 12                           l VAW/ MPG /rgs

[ f APPENDIX EP 252-4 [- MEDICAL SUPPORT GROUP PHONE LIST  ;

  • t _
             -                                                                                                                                                         \

Local Physicians Office Home l 'l (Contaminated or otherwise) t I s ti su e* pl!,t fa a r e Preferred Alternat ame===lhame . l I N M M W A ,-

  • Serious Contamination / Exposure is: i Whole Body Exposure greater than 25 REM or skin exposure greater than 150 REM or extremity exposure greater than 375  ;

REM or contamination causing body contacted reading of greater than 1 MR/HR or suspected or actual inhalation or ingestion of measurable quantities of radioactive material.  ;

                                                                                ~
                                                                                                                                     ~                       ~
   ,,      -----,.-...-,,-..m.__..-_.[                                            .7_EE     -_____~_~~                                                         _----             __
  ,     E ~-                                     .         _            .
    .            i 3842106800               EP-292 Rsv. 2 Page 1 of 3 AW/mla
      -                                 PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY

. LIMERICK GENERATING STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE

        ~

EP-292 PROPRIETARY CHEMISTRY SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS TEAM PHONE LIST 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines and information for notification of the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES . 2.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall be responsible to call team members. 3.0 APPENDICES None 4.0 PREREQUISITES None 5.0 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT None 6.0 SYMPTOMS None

                       -                    ..:=     --__      :_ --

n_:

l EP-292 Rev. 2 Page 2 of 3 VAW/mla i 7.0 ACTION LEVEL r*

.                                    This procedure can be used when the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team is activated or when additional personnel are needed.

8.0 PRECAUTIONS None 9.0 PROCEDURE 9.1 ACTIONS 9.1.1 The Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader shall call in people from the following list until appropriate positions are filled. 9.1.1.1 Home Work l 9.1.1.2 Se A=mmar k Home Work D (

                                                       - = _ _ - . - - . -                    - _ -

j l EP-292 Rev. 2 ( Page 3 of 3 VAW/mla , Home work  : f' l .. I

I, I

1

                                              'l' kN.'<Np
                                        \
               -- 4         q Q(N+

w ga __ None l i t , b t . - - _ . . . - - . . _ . . -... _ _. . L . ~ ~ ' * - - _ = r - _-. - : = : 2 - -

s

     ,      ._,),            .

3842106810 EP-330 Rev. 2

 "'            '                                                                    Pcga 1 of 11 JMU/mgd k.
 !                                          PHILADELPHIA ELECTRIC COMPANY LIMERICK GENERATING STATION
                                                                                       \g/ zo//f EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE EP-330 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY HABITABILITY 1.0     PURPOSE
        - - ~ ~

The purpose of this procedure is to provide habitability guidelines for the Technical Support Center, Operations Support Center, Control Room, Chemistry Lab Area, and Maintenance Staging Area. 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 The (Interim) Personnel Safety Team Leader is responsible for determining the radiological habitability of the Emergency Response Facilities. ( 2.2

   .                                The (Interim) Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader is responsible for determining the habitability of the Emergency Response Facility if toxic substances are suspected in the atmosphere of the facility.

2.3 The facility director is responsible for determining if an evacuation of the facility is warranted based on the information provided by the HP and/or Chemistry Technician. 3.0 APPENDICES 3.1 EP-330-1 Emergency Response Facility Radiological Habitability Guidelines 3.2 EP-330-2 Determination of Toxic Gas Concentrations 4.0 PREREQUISITES' . fhl f r, l 4.1 An emergency has been declaredJpd ic4othince lA th P-l 101, Classification of Emergenbiis'-

  • P

T= E di l p .m ',r 3 ; ( 3 "Eidky 0'Y h ED EY m RED i

T

              ..                                                                                                                                         EP-330 R2v. 2
      *[                                                                                                                                                  Paga 2 of 11 JMU/mgd 5.0                SPECIAL EQUIPMENT 5.1                                 Toxic Gas Detection Equipment 5.2                                 Oxygen Monitor                                                                                                        ,

5.3 Continuous Air Monitors 5.4 Radiation Survey Meter 6.0 SYMPTOMS None 7.0 ACTION LEVEL l 7.1 Known or suspected chemical release as indicated by: 7.1.1 Control Room toxic gas detection system or chlorine gas detection system alarming. Fire in the plant. (k 7.1.2 Visual observation or detection by odor in 7.1.3 the area of the facility. 7.1.4 Train derailment on or near the site. 7.1.5 Report from Shift Supervision of toxic gas or chlorine release from nearby offsite facility.

                                              .7.2                                 Upon alert or alarm of ERF continuous air monitor.

7.3 Alert or alarm of an ERF area radiation monitor. it 8.0 PRECAUTIONS

  • None -

f l l l I. .-. .. . _ , _ , _ . , _ . _ . . . . . , . . . _ _ _ . _ _ ._ _ _.... _ _ _ _ . ___.,. _ _ _ _ _ _ __. _ . . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ . . _ _

l

  • EP-3V we'
  • T.je ' '
            <         l.                                                                                       JMD e e 9.0        PROCEDURE i[(

r

  • 9.1 ACTIONS .

Emergency Director shall: 9.1.1 The (Interim) Direct the (Interim) Personnel Safety T. 9.1.1.1 Leader to perform habitability surv report the results of the surveys to th

                                                           -    appropriate Facility Director.

The (Interim) Personnel Safety Team Les 9.1.2 . shall: Direct the Plant Survey Group Leader to 9.1.2.1 perform a radiological habitability evaluation of the Emergency Response Facilities (as required) and to report results of the surveys to the appropri Facility Director. The Plant Survey Group Leader shall: 9.1.3 Instruct a Health Physics Technician i 9.1.3.1 A. Report to'the appropriate Emergen k- Response Facility and perform a radiological habitability evaluat Perform a general area dose rate

  • and draw an air sample to determi 131 concentrations.

B. Compare the evaluation with Apper 330-1 and inform the appropriate l Facility Director that, (1) Present radiological conditi within the guidelines of App EP-330-1. (2) Present radiological conditi t exceed the guidelines in API i EP-330-1 and to what extent guidelines are exceeded. D. Report the results back to the , Survey Group Leader or (Interim , Personnel Safety Team Leader. i Health Physics Technician shall: 9.1.4 (( - 9.1.4.1 For the TSC, OSC, Chemistry Lab Art Maintenance Office perform the fol'

l EP-330 Rev. 2

                                                                                     Paga 4 of 11 JMU/mgd 9
 ? /'

S' { A. Start a continuous air monitor, if not

 ?                                               already operating, and document           baseline

_ readings or perform an airborne survey and analysis in accordance with HP-213 and HP-214. B. If continuous air monitor baseline readings or air sample results exceed the values in Appendix EP-330-1 or the

                                          .      equipment is not operable, notify the
           .      _ . . .                        Plant Survey Group Leader or (Interim)

Personnel Safety Team Leader.

                                 .          C. Perform a general area survey.

D. Set up a frisker, if there is not one present, at the entrance to the emergency response facility. 9.1.4.2 For the Control Room, perform the following: A. Determine the status of Control Room ventilation (e.g., isolated). B.

                               ~

Perform a general area radiation survey.

     - \i C. Set up a frisker, if there is not one,
 .                                               at the Control Room entrance.

9.1.4.3 Report the results of the habitability check to the respective emergency response facility personnel indicated below and Plant Survey Group Leader.

Emergency Emergency Response A. Response Facility Facility Personnel Technical Support Emergency Director

! Center [ i Operations Support Center OSC Coordinator l-l . Control Room Shift Supervision Chemistry Lab Area Chemistry Sampling And Analysis Group Leader l i- Maintenance Office Senior Person l i. ' Present or Fire i and Damage Team l Leader r

             -l                                                                                                                                               EP-330 Rev. 2 Page 5 of 11
                              ..                                                                                                                                      JMU/mgd

[I 9.1.5 Chemistry Sampling and Analysis. Group Leader shall: 9.1.5.1 When required, instruct a chemistry technician to: A. Perform a chemistry habitability survey of the appropriate facility using Appendix EP-330-2, Determination of Toxic Gas Concentrations

             . - - -                                                                                    B.                Compare the survey results with Appendix EP-330-2 and inform the appropriate facility director that:

(1) Present atmospheric conditions do not exceed the guidelinns in Appendix EP-330-2 (2) Present ataospheric conditions do exceed the guidelines of Appendix EP-330-2 and to what extent the guidelines are exceeded

           ,                                                                                             C.                Report the results back to the Chemistry 7                                                                                                                 Sampling and Analysis Group Leader.

9.1.5.2 Report the results to the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Team Leader. I 9.1.6 Chemistry Technician shall: 9.1.6.1 Report to the appropriate Emergency Response Facility and perform the following: USE OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTION EQUIPMENT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED (SCBA) FOR ENTRY INTO A FACILITY WITH SUSPECTED TOXIC SUBSTANCES IN THE ATMOSPHERE. i l A. Perform a check of the Emergency Response Facility for toxic gas I concentrations in accordance with l Appendix EP-330-2. B. Use Appendix EP-330-2 to determine if l the measured toxic gas concentrations

                                                                          -                                                  levels are acceptable.

l t l , 9.1.6.2 Report the results of the survey to the ,g' respective emergency response personnel and ! the Chemistry Sampling and Analysis Group Leader.

( EP-330 Rev. 2 Page 6 of 11 JMU/mgd A. Emergency Response Facility Emergency Response Technical Support Facility Personnel Center Emergency Director Operations Support Center OSC Coordinator Control Room Chemistry Lab Area Shift Supervision And Analysis Leader Gro Maintenance Office 9.2 Senior Person FOLLOW-UP Present or Fire and Damage Team 9.2.1 Leader (,' 9.2.1.1 The Facility Director sh , a ll~: BasedPhysics Health on theTechnician information Technician determine iforthprovided Chemistry by the be evacuated needed. or if protectie facility should ve devices are HAZARD, THE EXPECTED ED ON THE TYPE OF DURA OR FACILITY OCCUPATION ON OF THE AND HAZARD ALTERNATE LOCATION IF A IS SUITABLEAVAIL DECISION SHOULDABLE. BE DISCUSS THIS (INTERIM) AND IF TIME EMERGENCY PERMITS. DIREC ED WIT 9.2.2 TOR, IF APPLICABLE Plant Survey Group Leader or 9.2.2.1 Personnel Safety Team Le da er s(hall: I i~ up radiological moniEstablish the frequenc and type of follow-9.2'.3 Response Facilities. toring for the Emerg ency i

                                      'shall:

Chemistry Sampling and Anal

i. 9.2.3.1 ysis Group Leader i

Establish the frequencyna d

up chemical Response. monitoring for thtype of follow-Facilities.

9.2.4 e Emergency 1 Technician shall:The Health Physics Techni i c an and Chemistry

l EP-330 Rev. 2 Page 7 of 11 JMU/mgd

.                                9.2.4.1    File the survey results and report to their appropriate Group Leader for re-assignment.

10.0 REFERENCES

10.1 NUREG-0696 - Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Rev. 1 Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants. 10.2 FSAR 1.13.2 Item II.B.2 - Plant Shielding 10.3 FSAR Table 2.2 Potentially Hazardous Chemicals Requiring Monitoring 10.4 29 CFR 1910.1000 10.5 29 CFR 1910.1017 10.6 HP-210 Radiation Survey Techniques 10.7 HP-212 Airborne Contamination Monitoring--CAMS 10.8 HP-213 Airborne Contamination Sampling Technigines 10.9 HP-214 Air Sample Analysis and Evaluation l

                                               @      I E

i

    *"       l*                                                                    EP-330 Rev. 2 Pago 8 of 11 JMU/mgd
 .[f

(=. APPENDIX EP-330-1 I EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY RADIOLOGICAC BABITABILITY GUIDELINES Whole Body Dose Rate 25 mR/hr Airborne concentration 0.25 MPC NOTE THESE VALUES CORRESPOND TO ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDELINES WHICH WILL BE RETAINED DURING EMERGENCY CONDITIONS, OF 300 mR/ DAY AND 20 MPC-HRS / WEEK. ASSUME 12 HOUR OCCUPANCY TIMES PER PERSON PER DAY. IF THE RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS EXCEED THESE VALUES, NOTIFY THE PERSONNEL SAFETY TEAM LEADER FOR ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN. k t l ? l l l I f, i i

                                                                                                                         ^
                          .. I EP-331'    '

Paga {( ( APPENDIX EP-330-2 DETERMINATION OF TOXIC GAS CON performing the following steps:Obtain e pumpthe necess performance N,,pTE STEPS A, r B AND C ARE -TO BE DONE AWAYQUESTIOb FROM i Checking Pump Performance A. Replace if damaged. Visually check rubber inlet f s or te B. Tighten inlet clamping nut. Valve Leak Check 1. Insert a fresh sealed detector tube into pu Misalign red dots on pump and handle mp. fairly rapid continuous full pump strokes Pull savt

2. .

Pull handle position forout 1 or6 2 mm (1 seco/4 inch) and hold in this nds. 3. Release handle.

                   ~

4. If handle less returns of fully closed to within position, 1.5 tomm continue ste pt(1/ o 5. inch) If handle of fullydoes closednot return to within 1 5 Chemistry Supervision. position (or less), consult C. , Field Volume Check 1. 2. Insert a fresh sealed detector tube into pum p. Align red dots on pump body and handle

3. .

\ handle locks into position. Pull handle firmly l 4

                                                             . .     .                        Wait 1 minute.

TO PROTECT PUMP STOPPER .- from i

                                                                                                      , do not relt l

the handle and conducting allow a leak it to spring back when test.

                 .I                                onto the handle and guideMake              sure it back. you hold your h 5.

or less of the fully closed position. Pum nch 6. If pump handle does not close to within 6 mm (1 inch) or less, consult Chemistry Supervision.

                                                                                         )
         ,.
  • l' EP-330 Rev. 2 Paga 10 of 11 a- JMU/mgd Ik -APPENDIX EP-330-2 (CON'T)

NOTE STEP D IS TO BE DONE AT THE AREA IN QUESTION D. Sampling & Measurement Procedure

1. Break tips off a fresh detector tube by bending each I tube end in the tube tip breaker of the pump.

l

2. Insert tube securely into pump inlet with arrow on tube. pointing toward pump.
3. For twin tubes, connect "c" marked ends with rubber )

tubing after breaking each end. Insert analyzer tube into pump with arrows on tubes pointing toward pump.

4. Make certain pump handle is all the way in. Align guide marks on_ pump body and handle.

5.- Pull handle out to desired stroke volume. Handle can be locked on either 1/2 pump stroke (50 ml) or 1 pump stroke (100 ml). (~\ 6. Read concentration at the interface of stained-to-l unstained reagent when staining stops. Unlock handle by making-1/4 turn and return it to starting

l. position.

! 7. In case more pump strokes are indicated in the instruction sheet included in each box of tubes, take additional sample by repeating pump strokes without removing tube.

8. Calculate the result by dividing the reading by the number of pump strokes and record in the Data Sheet.
9. Determine if habitability is within limits remembering there is a percent error on the results.

(See Data Sheet).

10. Complete the Data Sheet and forward to the Group l* Leader.

l ( (

z, l

                  . '*) >

EP-330 Rsv. 2 Pago 11 of 11 JMU/mgd F ti t :( APPENDIX EP-330-2 (CONT'D)

 ?

4:

  .          . LOCATION:
             'DATE:

TIME: L l - Parform- Gas Limit Reading No. of Result Habitability l l- Pump _l(check) (tubes) (ppm) (ppm) strokes (n) (ppm) Yes/No l l- Chlorine * <.1.0 l 1 l Ammonia <50 t Ethylene i Oxide <50 l I l Formaldehyde <3 . l Vinyl

              'l               Chloride        <1.0 l                             L

{(j Phosyene l <0.1 l Allowable exposure to Air Contaminants Maximum _ exposure allowed by OSHA in an 8 hour work shift of a 40 hour work week (Time' weighted Averages).

                        *NIOSH Certified Tubes, 1 25% Accuracy Non-NIOSH Certified Tubes, 1 50% Accuracy l

l

  ._                                                               NAME:

l i}}